proceedings of international scientific and technical conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 contents...

271
Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference named after Leonardo da Vinci № 1 Wissenschaftliche Welt, e.V. 2013

Upload: others

Post on 18-Jul-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

Proceedings of International scientific and technical

Conference named after Leonardo da Vinci

№ 1

Wissenschaftliche Welt, e.V. 2013

Page 2: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

Scientific publication

Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference named after Leonardo da Vinci. № 1. –Berlin: Wissenschaftliche Welt e. V., 2013. -271 p.

This volume presents scientific works of participants at the International scientific and technical Conference named after Leonardo da Vinci spring session (Berlin, May 10–14, 2013).

The subject of the Conference is devoted to the problems and results of of creation and implementation of technologies; problems and solutions in the field of natural and technical sciences in different branches (mechanical engineering, instrument engineering, chemistry, informatics, agriculture, medical science, veterinary science, etc.).

The goal of the conference is to organize multi-language exchange of scientific knowledge. Working languages of the Conference are Russian, German and English. Realization conditions of the Conference provide free publication of scientific works of postgraduate students.

The Proceedings is published at the same time in Russian (ISSN 2307-7433 print, ISSN 2307-7441 on-line), German (ISSN 2307-745X print, ISSN 2307-7468 on-line) and English (ISSN 2307-7417 print, ISSN 2307-7425 on-line) and can be accessed freely through Internet at the site of the Conference www.ikdv.org.

© Authors of articles, 2013 © Science and production institution “Federative Information System” (dummy copy), 2013 © Wissenschaftliche Welt, e.V. (preparation), 2013

Publisher:

Wissenschaftliche Welt, e.V. Geibelstraβe 42, 26721, Emden, Deutschland

Printed in Germany ISSN 2307-7417 (print) ISSN 2307-7425 (on-line)

Page 3: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

3

Contents

Organizing Committee of the Conference 8

Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings of International Scientific and Technical Conference named after Leonardo da Vinci'"

10

1. Abramovich B.N., Ustinov D.А., Sychev Y.А.

Intelligent active-adaptive power supply system of mineral-raw enterprises on the base of alternative and renewable energy sources

13

2. Anokhina E.A., Zubkova T.A., Nagornova I.V., Bablyuk E.B. The method for colloid silver nanoparticles deposition on polymer films

19

3. Belyaev V.V. R&D of elements of advanced liquid crystal displays

22

4. Bondarenko O.A. Increase of efficiency of transportations at the expense of increase in weight and length of cargo trains

26

5. Cheboxarov V.V. Research and Development of Multi MW Wind Turbines with Floating Rotor for Shallow and Deep Water Sites

28

6. Chipiga A.F. The development of a mathematical model of transmission loss evaluation due to wave absorption in the ionosphere

38

7. Domracheva Y.V., Loginov S.Y. The Mathematical Model of the Control System of the Bearingless Reluctance Motor

45

Page 4: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

4

8. Dorofeyev G.A., Yantovsky P.R., Odorodko T.N., Kharitonova Y.V., Protopopov A.A., Erofeev V.A., Arsenieva A.A., Murat S.G. New energy - metallurgical production process of direct reduced iron and electrical energy

54

9. Dorofeev G.A., Yantovskii P.R., Odorodko T.N., Kharitonova I.V., Protopopov A.A., Turin A.N., Vzdyhanko M.M., Murat S.G. Using of new composite materials type Synticom ® in the steel production

59

10. Engelhardt V.V., Tepliakov V.B. Carrying out structural and parametrical identification of linear dynamic system with application of genetic algorithm

63

11. Ermakova A.V. Interaction problems between non-public tracks and connecting stations

73

12. Erofeev V.T., Bogatov A.D., Smirnov V.F., Bogatova S.N., Kaznacheev S.V. Bioresistant building composites on the basis of glass wastes

75

13. Fomenko R.N. The investigation of coated tools influence on the cutting process and the quality parameters of the parts surface layer

88

14. Gaisin R.R., Nikiforova А.V. Open SaaS tool for visualization of data of MRT

98

15. Gallyamov A.R., Nenashev M.V., Ibatullin I.D. Advanced Technologies, Properties and Usage of Nanostructured Coatings

105

Page 5: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

5

16. Garanin M.A., Blinkova S. A. Control of adequacy of traction power supply system model

114

17. Gorodkov A.V., Timko I.A. A study of effectiveness of noise protection measures in the territory of the residential areas (on the example of the city. Bryansk)

119

18. Kamoshenkov A.R. The Raising of antiswarm bees in hives with 16 honeycombs frames

124

19. Khudokormov A.A., Karaseva E.V., Samkov A.A., Volchenko N.N., Karasev S.G. Oil-destructive phytostimulating biopreparation

128

20. Kirsanova A.A., Kramar L.Y. Metakaolin accelerating additive for cement composites

131

21. Klyuchko N.Y., Mezenova O.Y., Baidalinova L.S., Tashina E.V., Matkovskaya M.V., Andronova S.V., Mezenova N.Y. The use of secondary raw fish in the technology of new food products and dietary supplements

137

22. Kostikova A.V., Kozlov V.V., Kozitov L.V., Rabinovich O.I. Synthesis of alloy nanoparticles in the carbon matrix FeNi3 using infrared heating

144

23. Kostishyn V.G, Morchenko A.T., Yudanov N.A., Rabinovich O.I. Multichannel recording system information for measuring and processing equipment

147

24. Kudreyko A.A., Migranova R.N., Kantor E.A. Anchoring effects in nematic films in presence of magnetic field

148

Page 6: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

6

25. Lagov P.B., Drenin A.S. The development of radiation technology of precision control switching characteristics of silicon power devices

152

26. Legotin S.A., Murashev V.N., Baryshnokiv F.M., Krasnov A.A., Rabinovich O.I. The new design of the silicon solar cell is a multistage high

155

27. Legotin S.A., Murashev V.N., Baryshnokiv F.M., Krasnov A.A. Silicon high-voltage multijunction converter

157

28. Litvinenko V.S., Vasiliev N.I., Dmitriev A.N., Lipenkov V.Y. Results and peculiarities of hole 5G drilling and first opening of lake Vostok

159

29. Lobacheva O.L. Removal and separation of the Sm+3и Eu +3 from aquations solutions by ion flotation approach

168

30. Marenkin S.F., Fedorchenko I.V. Granular structure Zn3P2-MnP as promising materials of spintronics

170

31. Moskalev A.A. Analysis of transcription of Drosophila melanogaster affected by low dose gamma-irradiation, 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin, toluene and formaldehyde

175

32. Muratova E.I., Smolikhina P.M. The use of regional raw materials for creating confectionery products for functional purposes

177

33. Ovchinnikov P.E. Neural network signal processing in monopulse location

186

Page 7: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

7

34. Rabinovich O.I., Didenko S.I. To the question of increasing the quantum efficiency of light-emitting diodes

189

35. Radionov A.A., Maklakov A.S. Research of influence the three-level active rectifiers based eighteen-pulse rectifier circuit on the supply power

192

36. Romanova P.B., Mukovnina N.A. Ways of increase of classification complex efficiency

195

37. Safiullin D.H., Akhmetova I.G., Mukhametova L.R. Effectiveness of individual heating units (IHU). The transition from the CHS to the IHU

198

38. Shanin V.J., Eliseev D.V. A method of object recognition and estimation of the state of consciousness

200

39. Shubin N.E., Korotkov P.K., Sozaev V.A. Size effects of nanoobjects thermophysical properties

207

40. Sutyagin A.N. Investigation of the features of formation of the equilibrium state of the machine parts surface layers

213

41. Timko I.A. Acoustic pollution of green areas in Bryansk, adjacent to motorways.

220

42. Usoltseva N.V., Godlevsky V.A. Nanomaterials in tribological processes

227

43. Yakutkina G.N. The study of critical points of plane curves with CAS Mathematica

234

Information about the authors 241

Page 8: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

8

Organizing Committee of the Conference

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Russian Federation Rossotrudnichestvo Representative

(general partner)

Research and Manufacturing Institution “Federative Information System”

(institutional arrangements)

Gnezdilov Vladimir Alekseevich (co-financing)

Moscow Aviation Institute

(National Research Universuty) (co-financing and host)

Wissenschaftliche Welt e.V.

(Publisher)

International Public Organization Society “Russia–Germany”

(cultural activity)

Chairmen Gnezdilov Vladimir Alekseevitch,

Honoured Designer of Russian Federation, Founder of LLC "Mir Desing"

Deputy chairman Sholl Eugeny Ivanovitch,

Director General of "Scientific-Production Association 'Federative Information System'"

Page 9: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

9

Members

Zhiganov Sergey Ivanovitch, Executive of Rossotrudnichestvo Representative Establishment of Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Russian Federation

Shevtsov Viacheslav Alekseevich

Vice-rector for research and development Moscow Aviation Institute (National Research University)

Lidyaeva Natalia Igorevna,

Deputy Director General of "Scientific-Production Association 'Federative Information System'"

Bögel Ludmila,

Вeputy Вirector of Publishing House Verain «Wissenschaftliche Welt»

Page 10: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

10

Editorial Board of periodical

"Proceedings of International Scientific and Technical Conference named after Leonardo da Vinci'"

Scientific degree, rank

Chairman

Pomazanov Vladimir Vasilievitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Director General of SRO "CentrReakhim"

Vice-Chairman

Pershin Ivan Mitrofanovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Head of the Department of Management and Informatics in Engineering Systems at Pyatigorsk State Humanitarian and Technological University

Members

Belkov Valery Petrovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, associated professor, Scientific consultant at Federal State Unitary Enterprise "Scientific Research Institute of Chemical Agents and highly purified materials"

Bessarabov Arkady Markovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Deputy director of Scientific Center "Small-Tonnage Chemistry"

Vasiliev Victor Andreevich

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Head of the Department of Moscow Aviation Technological University named after K.E. Tsyolkovsky, Honored Worker of higher school of Russia

Page 11: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

11

Galkin Viktor Ivanovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Dean of Aerotechnical School of Moscow Aviation Technological University named after K.E. Tsyolkovsky

Grinberg Eugeny Efimovitch

Doctor of Chemistry, professor, Deputy director of Federal State Unitary Enterprise "Scientific Research Institute of Chemical Agents and highly purified materials"

Dorokhov Igor Nikolaevitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Professor of the Department of Cybernetics of chemical-engineering processes at Russian University of Chemical Engineering named after D.I. Mendeleev

Komissarova Lidya Nikolaevna

Doctor of Chemistry, professor, leading researcher of the Department of Organic Chemistry at Moscow State University named after M.V. Lomonosov

Meshalkin Valery Pavlovitch

Doctor of Chemistry, professor, Corresponding Member of Russian Academy of Sciences, Head of the Department of Logistics at Russian University of Chemical Engineering named after D.I. Mendeleev член-корреспондент Российской академии наук

Miroshnikov Vyacheslav Vasilevitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Professor of the Department "Quality Management" at Bryansk State Technological University

Oleinyk Andrey Vladimirovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Pro-rector of Moscow State University of Food Production

Page 12: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

12

Osin Nikolay Sergeevitch

Doctor of Biological Sciences, senior researcher Head of division at Federal State Unitary Enterprise "State Scientific Research Institute of Biological Instrument engineering"

Pankina Galilna Vladimirovna

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Rector of Academy of Standardization, Metrology and Certification

Raziapov Anvar Zakirovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Chief Researher of State University of land management

Rodchenko Vladimir Victorovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Deputy Yead of the department at MAI

Serdan Ankhel Ankhelevitch

Doctor of Chemistry, professor, Leading researcher Department of Chemistry at Moscow State University named after M.V. Lomonosov

Siluyanova Marina Vladimirovna

Doctor of Engineering Science, associated professor, Professor of the Department "DLA & T", Head of the department of Thesis Councils at Moscow Aviation Technological University named after K.E. Tsyolkovsky

Tsyrkov Alexander Vladimirovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Head of complex GKNPC named after Khrunichev

Chernyaev Alexander Vladimirovitch

Doctor of Engineering Science, professor, Professor of Moscow Aviation Technological University named after K.E. Tsyolkovsky

Page 13: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

13

Abramovich B.N., Ustinov D.А., Sychev Y.А. Intelligent active-adaptive power supply system of mineral-raw

enterprises on the base of alternative and renewable energy sources

One of the basic Russian Federation energy resources

consumers are mineral-raw complex (MRC) enterprises, which are simultaneously supplied from several power systems of Russian Federation. Under the technological process condition a number of power installations excludes the interruption of the mains supply during 0.15 second and less [1]. Energy consumers includes fair quantity of installations which can be used for controllable load and taking part in energy consumption control [2, 3]. In addition the wide spread occurrence of alternative energy sources in MRC is typical, which causes the ability of energy fluxes multidirectional movement. MRC enterprises are equipped of network protection and automatic devices, which allows to produce the automatic standby activation and structuring of electrical networks by means of automatic sectioning devices.

The existing schematic and technical decisions don’t ensure properly using of latest technical abilities of intelligent power systems, power supply systems control and monitoring, energy technologies for power efficiency increasing of MRC enterprises and power supply companies, including more effective control of electrical energy fluxes at the expense of exchange and control of information about operating conditions of MRC consumers [2].

Lately in a number of articles in Russia and other countries the term “intelligent active-adaptive power system” was defined as it’s separate elements that quite incorrectly, for example the automated power consumption control and calculation system. The intelligent power supply system is the set of power elements, providing power reception, transfer, distribution and transformation, control modules, which provide information-operating interaction for monitoring of power reception, transfer, distribution and transformation operations. Besides not only control blocks should have the property of intelligence, but also power elements.

Page 14: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

14

The intelligent power system should include elements and subsystems supporting an appropriate power quality and electromagnetic compatibility degree, according to Russian and International standards demands, providing demanded level of power supply reliability and continuity, including the possible applying of alternative renewed energy sources, supporting the appropriate level of power supply mode stability with possibility of operational administration of power network configuration, by means of automatic sectioning, providing the optimum voltage mode by the set of criteria, providing the complex automated control of power consumption level, power efficiency and power costs [3], providing the structuring of consumers under possibility of situational management of loading in the conditions of interaction between control centers.

The difference between intelligent active-adaptive power system and traditional power system is the presence of following indicators: the automated complex control system of power consumption, the active power generators with changeable parameters and structure, primary using of alternative renewed energy sources, the systems of estimation and diagnostics of current power system mode and condition, the power quality automated control and improvement systems, the automated control systems of power system structure, the automated system of power balance maintenance by means of control of main power lines loading, the meteoconditions control with preventive change of network mode parameters.

The specified elements and decisions (methods) can be added by necessary functions depending on specificity of application of proposed intellectual active-adaptive power system. Besides, function mode and elements quantity of proposed intellectual active-adaptive power system can be changed in the big or smaller party depending on application area.

In the leading Russian MRC enterprises the following basic elements of proposed intelligent active-adaptive power system, both in common, and separately are developed and introduced by authors over the last 15 years at various times: the automated monitoring systems and the power consumption account, the current and voltage form curves active correction systems on the basis of shunt active filters, the electromechanical complexes with synchronous engines as consumers-regulators, the control systems

Page 15: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

15

of power system configuration on the basis of methods and means of automatic sectioning, the guaranteed power supply systems on the basis of uninterrupted power supply with use of alternative and renewed energy sources, the automated system of voltage mode control with use of fuzzy logic theory.

In fig.1 the generalized structure of intelligent active-adaptive power system is shown.

During researches, the structure and parameters of multilevel system of power supply sectioning by means of perspective devices of telecontrol and remote switching is proved. The basic element of the given system is the automatic point of sectioning (APS) or recloser, providing change of power supply configuration, by switching of various supply lines depending on damages and emergencies presence, and the thyristor switchboard (ТS), intended for power streams control [1].

For MRC objects, means and methods of electromagnetic compatibility maintenance, power quality control and improvement are developed [1, 2, 4]. Basic elements in this case are passive, active and hybrid filter devices of compensation (FDC), active systems of correction of current and voltage curves form on the basis of shunt active filters (SAF), the automated complex control system of power quality and consumption level.

The qualifier of MRC consumers by criterion of possibility of their participation in power consumption control is created.

The complex comparative analysis of technical characteristics and functionality of MRC power systems of various structures is made. The result of this analysis allows making the information-operating interaction between elements of intelligent active-adaptive power systems.

The efficiency of intelligent power system structure control with use of means of high-speed automatic input of a reserve (HARI) on the base of thyristor systems of automatic input of a reserve (TSARI) and systems of digital control streams of reactive power is proved [1].

The methodology is developed and structure is proved for system, which provide information-operating interaction mode between power system and MRC consumers, energy consumption control in normal and extreme modes under condition of uninterrupted operation of power supply of MRC consumers of the

Page 16: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

16

first and special group of first reliability category, minimization of power costs and increase of power efficiency [2].

Fig. 1. The structure of intelligent active-adaptive power system of MRC enterprise (EPS – emergency power supply source; ТS –

thyristor switchboard; АPS – automatic point of sectioning; FDC – filter device of compensation; SAF – shunt active filter; HARI –

high-speed automatic reserve input; ARI - automatic reserve input; QF – breaker)

The structure and technique of key parameters choice of

guaranteed power supply system for MRC consumers with use of sources of emergency power supply, functioning on the basis of the alternative renewed energy sources, is developed, which allow to avoid occurrence of emergencies and infringement of technological process continuity, according to detected duration of voltage failure

Page 17: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

17

at which steady work of electric motors of the process equipment is broken.

The functioning algorithm of the automatic control block (ACB) of power transformer transformation factor is developed for the voltage mode efficient control in MRC power systems. This algorithm is based on the choice of the power line, which defines the voltage mode of whole power system. This algorithm is realized by means of theory of fuzzy logic methods, including processing of linguistically formulated expert knowledge, using the fuzzy controller.

The integral part of intelligent power system is the active-adaptive network, which provides implementation of the following key operations: the control of all kinds of power generation, which have the interaction with power supply system by means of connection to network and take part in control of power quality and functioning reliability of power system, the control of all kinds of consumers, connected to network and taking part in control of power quality and functioning reliability of power system, the changing of network parameters and structure according to current mode conditions, the voltage mode regulation in network with power losses minimization and power quality rising, the complex power accounting in the border of networks, the control in all modes with whole information providing [3].

Thereby the active-adaptive network makes the complex control of intelligent power system and is connective link between different multifunctional elements.

The most significant results of working out and introduction of proposed intelligent active-adaptive power systems at the MRC enterprises will be: decrease in losses of mineral-raw recovery by exception of power infringement of the basic responsible consumers defining the basic technological indicators of the MRC enterprises, minimization of additional capital investments on development of MRC enterprises power systems, decrease in losses of the electric power in distributive electric networks and power systems, increase of power savings and power efficiency level.

Bibliography

1. The minimization of damage during oil production in the presence of short time power supply interruption / Abramovich

Page 18: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

18

B.N., Medvedev А.V., Starostin V.V., Muratbakeev E.H. // Promishlennaja Energetica. 2009. №7. p. 25-28. 2. The problems of designing of substations, power quality control systems, and power consumption accounting in mining enterprises. Abramovich B.N., Vinogradov I.V., Grin А.V., Losovskey S.Е., Sergeev А.М. // Science in Mining institute. The collection of science works. / Saint-Petersburg: Mining institute, 1998. Volume 3. p. 57-61. 3. Abramovich B.N., Sychev Y.А., Ustinov D.А. Intelligent power systems of mineral-raw enterprises. // Akademija Energetiki. 2011. № 3(41), p. 74-77.

Key words

Energy saving, energy efficiency, intelligent, active-adaptive, alternative, renewable, energy, mineral-raw, power supply, power system.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 19: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

19

Anokhina E., Zubkova T., Nagornova I., Bablyuk E.

The method for colloid silver nanoparticles

deposition on polymer films

Introduction

The methods for deposition of silver nanoparticles (AgNPs) on the various surfaces for further using them as antibacterial materials is of great interest nowadays [1,2,3,4]. Usually AgNPs are synthesized in few steps by reduction of silver nitrate AgNO3 [4,5,6,7]. A simple method of AgNPs deposition on polymer films is proposed.

Figure 1. SEM images of silver crystals on polymer (PET) surface

Equipment and methods

AgNPs were deposited on polymer films (PET) from the

colloidal solution using an AgNPs generator. The concentration and distribution of AgNPs on the film surface depended on deposition process parameters (precursor solution composition, polymer pretreatment, solution ultrasonic treatment etc.). The AgNPs quantity required for a stable bactericidal effect was determined by antibacterial activity tests.

Polymer films surface with AgNPs were characterized by an X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (JPS-9200) and a scanning electron microscopy (JSM-7500F) Jeol (Japan). Bactericidal tests

Page 20: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

20

of the polymer samples with AgNPs were based on luminescence detection of a biosensor "Ecolum".

References

1. Synthesis and properties of crystalline silver nanoparticles supported in natural zeolite chabazite.//N.S. Flores-López, J. Castro-Rosas, R. Ramnrez-Bon, A. Mendoza-Curdova, E. Larios-Rodríguez, M. Flores-Acosta//Journal of Molecular Structure 1028 (2012) 110-115. 2. Antibacterial activity of photocatalytic electrospun titania nanofiber mats and solution-blown soy protein nanofiber mats decorated with silver nanoparticles.//Yiyun Zhang, Min Wook Lee, Seongpil An, Suman Sinha-Ray, Shahrzad Khansari, Bhavana Joshi, Seungkwan Hong, Joo-Hyun Hong, Jae-Jin Kim, B. Pourdeyhimi, Sam S. Yoon, Alexander L. Yarin//Catalysis Communications 34 (2013) 35-40. 3. Antibacterial cotton fabric grafted with silver nanoparticles and its excellent laundering durability.//Desuo Zhanga, Ling Chenb, Chuanfeng Zanga, Yuyue Chena, Hong Lin//Carbohydrate Polymers 92 (2013) 2088 – 2094. 4. Development of a hydrophilic polymer membrane containing silver nanoparticles with both organic antifouling and antibacterial properties.//Isao Sawada, Razi Fachrul, Tatsuya Ito, Yoshikage Ohmukai, Tatsuo Maruyama, Hideto Matsuyama//Journal of Membrane Science 387 - 388 (2012) 1 – 6. 5. Indication of formation of charge density waves in silver nanoparticles dispersed poly (methyl methacrylate) thin films.//Manisree Majumder, Aloke Kumar Chakraborty1, Bipul Biswas, Avijit Chowdhury, Biswanath Mallik//Synthetic Metals 161 (2011) 1390 – 1399. 6. Tandem synthesis of silver nanoparticles and nanorods in the presence of poly (oxyethylene)-amidoacid template.//Rui-Xuan Dong, Wei-Cheng Tsai, Jiang-Jen Lin//European Polymer Journal 47 (2011) 1383-1389. 7. A method for the coating of a polymer inclusion membrane with a monolayer of silver nanoparticles.//Ya Ya N. Bonggotgetsakul, Robert W. Cattrall, Spas D. Kolev//Journal of Membrane Science 428 (2013) 142-149

Page 21: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

21

Keywords

Silver nanoparticles, bactericidal properties, polymer films, colloidal solution, ultrasonic treatment

<Translated from Russian>

Page 22: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

22

Belyaev Victor

R&D of elements of advanced liquid crystal displays

To-date flat panel displays (FPD) including liquid crystal displays (LCD) meet performances as follows: High contrast, Wide viewing range, High speed of response (low switching time of the LC electro-optic response), Stability to ambient conditions and mechanical impact (especially military and industrial displays), New functions.

In Moscow Region State University (MRSU) a set of R&D is implemented with new promising materials and designs of the LCD elements.

LCD orienting layers

A set of investigations of organosilicon compounds (OC) and

photoanistropic materials (PAM) has been carried out to use them as film-forming materials for the LC alignment.

For a set of industrially manufactured OC an influence of the OC molecular structure as well as the film formation process on the type of the orientation of the LC with different polarity (both positive and negative dielectric anisotropy) has been investigated [1,2]. A molecular microrelief concept has been elaborated for the film formation of the OC that have parts with different length and width [3,4]. Application of such approach as well as different methods of the LC cells filling in allowed formation of the LC layers with the LC pretilt angle on the substrate’s surface in the range from 0° to 90° [5]. Besides, the change of the OC molecular structure allowed receiving a value of the polar anchoring energy of the LC with the orienting substrate that exceeds 10-4 J m-2. It makes the OC competitive for the application in the LCD [5]. Such energy values have been obtained earlier only for polyimide films that are used in industrial LCD production.

First time in the world monomolecular OC films have been formed that provided good LC alignment [6].

Page 23: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

23

One Russian Federation patent have been obtained and one patent application have been filed for the methods of the LC alignment with the OC using [7,8].

The results obtained provide an increase of the LCD viewing range and their stability to ambient conditions and mechanical impact.

A set of materials and methods has been created to provide an effect of the LC photoalignment with the PAM using. In the photoalignment effect an area of the LCD orienting film is oriented under action of a polarized UV light beam instead of the mechanical rubbing of the film. It results in improvement of the LC orientation homogeneity. Besides, a patterned LC orientation with bi-dimensional LC alignment in the substrate’s is possible. Therefore the LCD becomes more functional opportunities; new optical elements can be formed with increased spatial resolution, e.g., spatial filters for 3D images forming, diffraction optical elements etc.

One Russian Federation patent application has been filed for a method of the LC alignment by the PAM [9].

To explain the experimental results obtained and predict new molecular structures for the LC alignment a theoretical model has been created [10,11]. An interaction potential of a mesogen (LC) molecule with an ordered substrate’s layer is calculated in the model.

The simulation results are in agreement with experimental data as well as simulation results of other authors. At first time theoretical dependences of both polar and azimuthal LC anchoring energy on temperature and order parameter have been obtained.

At first time theoretical calculation of a dye molecules orientation distribution in the PAM orienting layer has been realized vs. conditions of the photoalignment recording parameters (light beam incidence angle and its aperture).

Optical properties of birefringent materials films

To measure optical performances of the LC layers with the

LC tilted orientation and inhomogeneous distribution of the LC orientation inside the cell original methods of simulation of optical anisotropy in such cells have been developed [12]. A method of the LC pretilt angle measurement has been developed and improved on

Page 24: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

24

the base of such simulation. Besides, an electrooptical method of the polar anchoring energy has been developed and refurbished.

For both methods two applications to State service of standard reference data on substances and materials have been filed into 2013 Program of National Standardization.

The simulation of optical anisotropy in the layers with sophisticated LC orientation results in data that allow creation of birefringent films for optical compensators [12]. Such films are used in the LCD to enhance the LCD contrast as well as the LCD viewing angle range.

The work is supported by Russian Foundation for Basic Researches, grants #12-07-90006_Bel_a, 12-07-90007_Bel_a, and by President of Russian Federation, grants #VSh-1495.2012.8 (Leading Scientific School).

References

1. M.V. Sobolevsky, V.G. Mazaeva, V.I. Kovalenko, V.V. Belyaev, A.Y. Kalashnikov, Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst., 329, 293, (1999) 2. Muravsky A.A., Murausky A.A., Mazaeva V.G., Belyaev V.V., Journal of The SID, V.13, 349 (2005). 3. V. V. Belyaev, V. G. Mazaeva, S. N. Timofeyev, A. A. Min’ko, Proc. 28th Int. Display Res. Conf. EURODISPLAY’09, Italy, Rome, 14-17 Sep., 139, (2009). 4. V. V. Belyaev V. G. Mazaeva, SID 11 DIGEST, p.1412-1415. 5. V.V. Belyaev, A.S. Solomatin, D.N. Chausov, and A.A. Gorbunov, SID’12 Digest, p.1422-1425. 6. V.V. Belyaev, V.G. Mazaeva, M.V. Sobolevskii, I.G. Kokaulina, and A.S. Solomatin, Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals, Philadelphia, USA. V.546, pp. 17/[1487]-25/[1495], 2011. 7. Storozhenko P.A. et al. Patent of Russian Federation # 2283338, Publication Date: 10.09.2006. 8. Russian Patent application No.2011154168, filed 30.12.2011 9. Russian Patent application No.2012117975, filed 03.05.2012. 10. V.V. Belyaev, A.K. Dadivanyan, Y.M. Pashinina, D.N. Chausov, A.S. Solomatin, Molecular Crystals & Liquid Crystals, 2011, V. 545, Issue 1, P. 159/[1383]-167/[1391]. 11. A.K. Dadivanyan, O.V. Noah, Yu.M. Pashinina, V.V. Belyaev, V.G. Chigrinov, D.N. Chausov Molecular Crystals &

Page 25: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

25

Liquid Crystals, V. 560, Issue 1, p.108-114 (2012). 12. V. Belyaev, A. Solomatin, and D. Chausov, “Optics Express 21, 4244-4249 (2013).

Key words

Flat panel displays, liquid crystal, optical anisotropy, surface interaction, organosilicon compounds, photoanistropic materials, film-forming materials, LC alignment

<Translated from Russian>

Page 26: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

26

Bondarenko O. A.

Increase of efficiency of transportations at the expense of increase in weight and length of cargo trains

Railway transport plays a major role in ensuring normal

functioning of the Russian economy. The growth of industry and agricultural production, foreign trade commodity turnover and population mobility leads to greater transportation volumes, and therefore it is necessary to increase the traffic and carrying capacity of the railways.

At present considerable amounts of mass freight transportations (coal, ore, crude oil, oil products, metal, mineral and construction freights) along the international transport corridors within participation of Russia in the international economic relations revealed the increasing extent of railway sections with insufficient capacity. [1] Systematic work on ensuring increasing transportation of goods has been carried out recently. One of the most important activities of the JSC Russian Railways devoted to effective use of carrying capacity in perspective service conditions is increase of the average weight and length of freight trains. Trains of the increased length allow lowering operational costs considerably as the demand for locomotives decreases and mainline capacity increases. However we should remember that organization of heavy freight traffic requires proper preparation of the infrastructure of track and power supply facilities.

One of ways of increase of average weight of freight trains is formation and driving of trains running with two train locomotives united in the head of the train under the multiple unit traction system. The power of one locomotive is insufficient on sections of railway with a heavy profile or when driving heavy trains. So several electric locomotives are connected together but can be operated by a single locomotive crew.

The SSTU has developed calculation procedures for justification of weight of freight train formations with MU traction system aimed at computer application. 3 categories of freight trains are used in calculations:

- trains with the weight and length not exceeding the standard weight and length for a section;

Page 27: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

27

- trains with the weight which isn't exceeding the standard weight for a section and up to 71 conditional car long;

- trains weighing up to 7000 t and up to 71 conditional car long when driven by the MU traction t system. In the course of optimization several variants are worked out for consideration. They differ by the share of multiple unit trains and trains of 2nd category, running with one locomotive, weight of trains, number of trains and number of cars in train sets. The variant with the lowest costs is considered to be optimum among the suggested ones. [2]

On the Kuibyshev railroad - Russian Railways branch of JSC" more than a half of freight trains are formed and driven using multiple unit system, but their weight varies considerably. The calculations, using of the developed procedures aimed at defining optimum limits of weight of freight trains formations with multiple unit system on the line Kinel - Rybnoe, showed that introduction of reasonable weight of freight trains, will allow to reduce the annual charges connected with the organization and advance of trains by 3% and to increase train weight on the specified line.

The increase of train weight by the carrying heavy trains reduces total of trains in a flow and thus stabilize the speed on mainlines. So, train-kilometers decrease, operational costs are cut.

At further increase in transportations volumes till 2030, driving heavy trains will allow to increase carrying capacity without capital-intensive activities for construction of the third and fourth main lines on high density traffic sections of the network.

Bibliography

1 . www.rzd.ru 2 . Mokhon’ko V.P. Choice of the train weight hauled by multiple unit system / V.P. Mokhon’ko, V.I. Aleksandrov, O.A.Khudoley//Railway transport. – 2007. - No. 11. – P. 14-15.

Keywords

Freight train, heavy movement, railway, freight transportation, transportation process, operational costs, weight of the train, locomotive, efficiency, traffic capacity, carrying capacity.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 28: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

28

Cheboxarov V.V.

Research and Development of Multi MW Wind Turbines with Floating Rotor for Shallow and Deep Water Sites

Introduction

Offshore wind power engineering is rapidly growing

worldwide. Potentially, offshore wind is expected to become a leader in total installed power capacity among renewables.

At present, a support structure (foundation) is the only component in which offshore wind turbines are substantially unlike to ones located onshore. So, well-known drawbacks of propellers are kept unchanged in offshore turbines. They are a limited per-unit power capacity, infrasound emission, and harmful effects on birds and animals. Wind energy cost is still higher than that from conventional power plants. In spite of several new projects of 5+ MW offshore horizontal-axis wind turbines, evidently their power capacity has already come close to its cost-effective limit. Technological problems quickly grow in large-scale turbines. Therefore, energy cost will remain relatively high with the common design of turbines. Since capital cost of wind turbines is higher offshore, essential technological innovations in offshore wind followed by breakthrough to the 20+ MW power range are still absolutely necessary, especially for deep water projects. Many countries have few suitable shallow sites. Wind resources are larger at deep seas. And deep water turbines do not spoil natural views.

Review of Concepts of Floating Turbines

The task of deploying wind power plants in deep waters has

led to a number of concepts of a floating structure with turbines. They can be related to one of four types according to a type of its floater: Tension legged platform (TLP) type; Spar-buoy type; Semi-submersible type; or Shallow draft barge (pontoon) type. A turbine itself is classified in one of two groups (horizontal- or vertical-axis) depending of type of their wind energy converter.

To date, most of developers of deep water projects apply only a slightly modified version of onshore horizontal-axis wind turbine (HAWT) and install it on a floating structure.

Page 29: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

29

Fig. 1. Generalized schematics of different types of floating horizontal-axis wind turbines

First small prototype of floating wind turbines was installed

in frames of the Blue H project in 2007. It comprises the typical upwind HAWT, the hollow Submerged Deepwater Platform which

Lt

Lb-g

Mbal

Mn

CB

CG

EI ,mt t

Lten

L <<Lten t

(a) TLP

Lt

Lb-g

Mn

EI ,mt t

Lf

Mbal1Mbal3Mbal2

CB

CG

L <<Lf t

(c) Semi-submersible

Lt

Lb-g

Mbal

Mn

CB

CG

EI ,mt t

(b) Spar buoy

Lt

Mn

EI ,mt t

Mbal

(d) Barge (pontoon)

CB

Page 30: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

30

is a kind of the TLP floater and a tethering counterweight which lies on the sea bottom. Fig.1a presents a generalized schematic of a reference TLP wind turbine (e.g. [1]). Distance between tendons of TLP turbines Lten is rather lower than tower's height Lt. Big mass of the rotor-nacelle assembly Mn installed on the tower's top and distributed tower mass mt are balanced by bigger ballast mass Mbal to put the center of gravity (CG) of total structure significantly below the center of buoyancy (CB) up to distance Lb-g which is required to reduce pitch/roll motion of the structure in waves.

The second prototype was already demonstrated in the MW-scale in HyWind project. This is spar buoy type turbine (see in Fig.1b). Significant imperfection of spar buoy type turbines is their lower flexibility in suitable sites. Huge draft slightly reduces ballast mass Mbal but prevents installation of spar buoy type turbines in medium depth waters. The SWAY [2] and the Nautica concepts recently offered are both modified spar buoy type with downwind turbines. But downwind turbines suffer from poor aerodynamics due to wake behind the tower. And bad effects of pitch/roll motion are only slightly mitigated at these designs.

There are also several projects, e.g. WindFloat [3], where the semi-submersible type of floating foundation is used (Fig.1c). Floater in every these concepts comprises 3 columns spaced-apart in horizontal plane. Horizontal dimension of the floaters Lf is rather lower than tower's height Lt. According to calculations in [4], this design provides better stability in pitch motion than TLPs or spar buoys, nevertheless all of the floating wind turbines suffer from increased loads and, therefore, must be strengthened. Despite of improved flexibility in depth of deployment sites, semi-submersible type of floater still requires ballast into the columns.

To date, a few projects have barge type of floater with wind turbines (see schematic in Fig.1d). The barge motions are mostly buoyancy stabilized nevertheless ballast mass Mbal is still required to prevent wave slamming by providing the barge with an essential draft. This design has highest barge motion-induced ultimate and fatigue loads in its structural components [4].

It can be noted from Fig.1 that all different concepts of floating horizontal-axis wind turbines have the same feature: big masses of nacelle and rotor Mn installed on the tower's top and distributed tower mass mt. Despite of even bigger ballast mass Mbal to balance these masses, pitch/roll stability of the floating

Page 31: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

31

structures (except of the barge type, mostly buoyancy stabilized) is still low, insufficient bending rigidity EIt of the tower leads to excessive ultimate and fatigue loads in waves. It was shown in [5] that 1st mode of spar buoy's tilt (pitch) motion has main energy content, coupled with turbine's aerodynamics and pitch control with negative damping. Designer’s attempts to increase rigidity lead to the higher cost due to a larger total mass.

In this situation the Darrieus turbine is revitalized in several offshore concepts (e.g. [6]) because of some advantageous features of vertical-axis wind turbines (VAWT). All VAWTs have bottom position of power converters so it is much simpler here to move center of gravity down. There is no problem with big and heavy generators in case of vertical axis of rotation. No need in a yaw control because of omni-directional nature of VAWTs. At the same time, the Darrieus turbine’s efficiency is less than that at the HAWTs. It is not self-starting, has higher cut-in wind velocity, and highest level of vibration caused by the inherent torque ripple and dynamic stall of the blades. These disadvantages are well-known and have led to a niche position of the Darrieus concept at the small wind power range. No reasons to expect that they will disappear offshore. Moreover, a floating foundation and wave impact make the problem of vibrations much more serious. Soft large-scale fast-rotating floating structure can be quickly broken because of centrifugal force and metal fatigue due to low frequency vibrations induced by waves. If the structure is made stiff, it is not cost-effective anymore. New designs of vertical-axis floating turbine should be developed to overcome this contradiction.

WEMU Turbine Concept

Because of significant technological problems, development

of 20+ MW floating turbine does not seem realistic and economically efficient if it will have the common schematic or such as in any above-described deep-sea projects. But the project of wind turbines featured by radically new schematic named the Wind Energy Marine Unit (WEMU) has been suggested [7]. Every WEMU power plant has a structure with vertical blades, i.e. wind turbine, which consists of semi-submerged toroidal pontoon slowly rotating around the central tower (see Fig.2). To increase turbine torque the blades are actively pitch-controlled. Top and lower rings

Page 32: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

32

bear the blade axles. A set of cables connects the rings with tower and transfers turbine’s torque to the rotor hub. Hydraulic transmission is used instead of common geared drivetrain. It consists of hydrostatic water pumps and high-head water turbines coupled with electric generators. There are several means of optimal control of energy transformation under slow rotation of the turbine in the hydraulic drivetrain. HTSC generators are also seemed very promising to be used for energy conversion in WEMU plants. In contrast to an offshore HAWT which is similar to on-water located windmill, the WEMU turbine's origin can be traced from a sailboat which has been the best mean of utilizing of wind energy at sea for centuries. It should be added that the WEMU turbine is a VAWT mostly using the lift (not drag) aerodynamic force but cannot be related to Darrieus turbines.

Fig. 2. Layout design of the WEMU turbine installed on piles

The WEMU schematic is free from major technological and ecological limitations of common wind turbines. Due to the water support, the WEMU turbine can be implemented in large scale (much more than 100 m in diameter) to reach multi-MW range. The WEMU power plant is absolutely environment-friendly because of low rotational speed. Such plant seems not poisoning natural view and much more attractive than dozens of towers with asynchronously rotating propellers. Inexpensive ship-building technologies are used in production of major components. The turbines can be assembled by a ship yard and then delivered to the

lower cablepontoon column lower ring

rotor hubblade tower rotor hubbladestop ring top radial cable

pile

Page 33: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

33

installation site by towing. There are no too heavy components on the top of the structure. Due to its redundant architecture, the WEMU plant occurs robust and gets increased availability and reliability. As a rule, it is not necessary to stop rotation for maintenance even if some components should be replaced.

Floating WEMU Design

Development of the deep water WEMU version gets top

priority because the low height of its center of gravity is the most advantageous in floating structures. In case of medium or deep water installation the WEMU structure with a large-scale rotary pontoon should be augmented by a second floater to support the central tower with power converter. Here, the semi-submersible platform (see Figs 3~4) is optimal combination of good wave resistance with moderate structural loads.

Fig. 3. Layout design of floating WEMU turbine (Int. patent pending)

mooring line

anchor

semi-subplatform

rotary

pontoon

turbine’s hubtower

bladescables

upper ring

lower ringdisplacementcolumn

Page 34: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

34

Fig. 4. Cross-blades section of the turbine (plane view)

Fig. 5. Generalized schematic of the floating WEMU turbine

Center of gravity of the tower (marked as CG in generalized schematic in Fig. 5) comes down solely due to weight of the platform. Neither ballast nor additional buoyancy is required for floating stability because of wide extension of the platform. The platform is moored with anchors. Vertical tubular columns connect spokes on the underwater structure with a light-weight structure located above waves which bears the central tower. In addition, there are semi-submersible displacement columns at the corners of

w

Wind

blade

lower ring

anchors

semi-submersibleplatform

mooring line

cables

turbine’s hub

Lt

Lf

CB1

L >>Lf t

CB2CG

Page 35: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

35

the underwater structure which provide major buoyancy of the floater (centers of buoyancy are marked as CB1 and CB2) and guarantee minimum pitch and roll motion.

Fig. 6. Artistic view of floating WEMU turbine Wind blades are equipped with pitch control drives to keep

an optimal angle of attack at each azimuth position during low-speed rotation of the turbine [7]. Fig. 6 presents an artistic view of a floating WEMU turbine.

WEMU Research

The WEMU turbine is quite specific so no one other wind

turbine can be considered as a correct prototype for prediction its basic parameters by analogy. That is why diversified research of the aerodynamic quality, hydrodynamic behavior, and structural stability of the WEMU turbine as well as analysis of its major perspective applications are executed at the Far Eastern State Technical University (currently Far Eastern Federal University) for more than decade. Because of big turbine’s dimensions and, consequently, problems with similarity criteria, numerical simulation with full-scale computational domains is the main method of our research. The calculation methods and results were described in details in major publications, e.g. [7]. In particular, it was found that under optimal pitch control aerodynamic efficiency

Page 36: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

36

of the WEMU turbine is about 50% (comes close to the theoretical Betz - Joukowsky limit) despite of the low rotation speed. Effect of essential vertical circulation of air streams inside the WEMU turbine was discovered. Relative power loss due to blade pitch control equals to 1.5…2%.

Hydrodynamic research of the WEMU is concentrated in calculations of power loss due to pontoon's rotation as well as in analysis of the structural stability in waves. Circular flow (water ring) arises around the rotary pontoon reducing the hydrodynamic resistance. It was shown in paper [8], that waves can pass the semi-submerged pontoon without big decay of wave energy. Waves partly smear the water ring. But relative hydrodynamic power loss gradually decreases to 6 … 7%. Amplitudes of roll and pitch motion of the rotary pontoon were found less than 1 deg.

The WEMU research problems are complex and could not be solved by one institution. Research cooperation is strictly required especially for the deep water version of the WEMU plant. The consortium of European companies and laboratories was gathered recently for completing this research and construction of the first WEMU demonstration plant. The consortium is coordinated by the Spanish industrial company IDESA (http://www.idesa.net/) to apply for the next relevant FP7-Energy call. More partners from wind power engineering and offshore industry are welcomed.

References

1. Jonkman, J, Butterfield, S, Musial, W. and Scott, G. "Definition of a 5MW Reference Wind Turbine for Offshore System Development." Technical Report NREL/TP-500-38060. 2009 2. Borgen, E. "Floating Wind Power in Deep Water - Competitive with Shallow-water Wind Farms?" Modern Energy Review, 2010, Vol 2, No 1, pp 49 - 53. 3. Roddier, D, Cermelli, C, and Weinstein, A. "WINDFLOAT: a floating foundation for offshore wind turbines. Part I: Design basis and qualification process." Proc of ASME 28th Int Conf on Ocean, Offshore and Arctic Eng, Honolulu, OMAE2009-79229. 4. Robertson, AN, and Jonkman, J. “Load Analysis of Several Offshore Floating Wind Turbine Concepts,” Proc 21st Int Offshore and Polar Eng Conf, ISOPE2011, Vol 1, pp 443–450.

Page 37: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

37

5. Larsen, TJ, and Hanson, TD "A Method to Avoid Negative Damped Low Frequent Tower Vibrations for a Floating, Pitch Controlled Wind Turbine, " J of Phys: Conf Ser, The 2nd Conf on The Science of Making Torque From Wind, Copenhagen, Denmark, 2007, Vol 75, p 11. 6. Vita, L, et al "A novel concept for floating offshore wind turbines: recent developments in the concept and investigations on fluid interaction with the rotating foundation," Proc of ASME 29th Int Conf on Ocean, Offshore and Arctic Eng, Shanghai, China, OMAE2010-20357, Vol 3, pp 389-396. 7. Cheboxarov, VV, and Cheboxarov, VV. "WEMU Design: Large Capacity Low-Speed Vertical-Axis Wind Turbines with Rotary Blades," Wind Turbines: Types, Economics and Development, Nova Science Publishers, NY, 2010. pp 199 - 221. 8. Cheboxarov, VV, and Cheboxarov, VV. “Research of Behavior of Large Rotary Pontoon of Offshore Wind Turbine in Waves,” Proc 9th Pacific/Asia Offshore Mech Symp PACOM-2010, Busan, Korea, ISOPE, pp 106–113.

Keywords

Wind energy, power, turbine, offshore, floating rotor, deep water, aerodynamic efficiency, pitch control, hydrodynamics, structural stability.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 38: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

38

Chipiga A.F. The development of a mathematical model of transmission loss

evaluation due to wave absorption in the ionosphere

It is known [1] that interference immunity (II) of satellite communications systems (SCS), working at low carrier frequencies

)МHz100...3000

( f , essentially depends on the transmission

loss due to the absorption of the wave )20

/1~П

( fL . However,

known expressions for the calculation of these losses have either

low accuracy )20

/15105,2П(дБ)

( fL or high computational

complexity due to the dependence

))()(sec/1017,1(0

3

2

0

6

П(дБ)

dhhvhNfL T (1)

on the product integral of the altitude )(h allocation of the electron

concentration (EC) )(hN and the effective electron collision

frequency (EECF) )(3

hv in the ionosphere (and zenith angle T ).

The attempt to simplify the expression (1) carried out in [2].

However, the result obtained in an analytical expression for П

L

remains is rather complicated, as it contains three summands describing the contributions to the absorption of the wave of three layers of the ionosphere: .,, FED

As a result of this it appears appropriate to make further simplification of the calculation formula for estimating the transmission loss in the wave absorption in the ionosphere. And that is the purpose of the article.

According to [2] analysis of altitude variations )(hN and

)(3 hv shows that within the lower and upper limits of the heights

of the ionospheric layer D (from km600

D

h to km90вD

h )

and the layer E (from km950

E

h to km120вЕ

h ) the value of

Page 39: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

39

EC in the first approximation can be considered constant

3/8103N(h) meD

N ,3/1110N(h) me

EN and the values

of EECF )(3

hv decrease with increasing height in the linear ( or

exponential) law. At the heights of the layer F (from

km1500

F

h to km400eF

h ) values of EECF at first

approximation can be considered constant 1/s 102)( 3

эFэ h ,

Ν(h)with increasing altitude up to a value km300 mhh ,

corresponding to the maximum EC 312 /102)( mehN m ,

increasing exponentially, while m

hh falling down according

linear law. Based on these assumptions, the desired integral (1) can be

represented in the form of three summands corresponding to the heights of the layers D, E and F as

вD

0

вF

0

)(э

)()(э

)(вD

0

)(э

)(в

h

Eh

h

Eh

dhhhNdhhhN

h

Dh

dhhhN

h

оh

(h)dhэνN(h) (2)

вD

0

вE

0

.вF

0

)()(э

)(

h

Dh

h

Eh

dh

h

Fh

hNF

dhhE

NdhhD

N

In accordance with the allocation expression (2) by the height

of the ionosphere parameters N (h) and v, (h) in its layers it can be reported in the terms of models, described by elementary geometric configurations.

Analytical description of N(h) and v,(h) in the different layers allowed to write the expression (2) as:

s

hm

NvhoE

vE

NhoD

vD

Nh

h

dhhvhN

1

2m

e211042,120102,1020108,220102,1

510,552121023102310,2951031110310871058103

эFЭFЭЕэD'

0

)()(

(3)

Page 40: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

40

where the values of the equivalent thickness of the layers D,E and

F are km 8эD

h , km2,9эE h and km225эF h , and the value

of EECF at the lower boundaries of layers D and E are 17

0 105 sD and 15

0 103 sF .

Then the substitution of the construction result (3) of a simplified mathematical model of the ionosphere in the expression (1) to assess the transmission loss in the CCC for the absorption of radio waves in the ionosphere subject to equation

TT eccossec , allows to write it in the form of the analytical

formula П(дБ)L :

;e/m109103103

)106109(103)(

21248

448

0вD

DDDDTD hNhhNN (4)

Made on the basis of the above formula (4) calculations have

shown [2] that the losses due to absorption in the ionosphere may exceed 7 times higher than calculated with the help of known

formula 2

0

151052 f,LП(дБ) at low elevation angles 5T .

Thus, on the basis of developing a simplified mathematical model of the allocation by height of ionospheric parameters an analytical method to evaluate absorption loss of radio waves was

developed П(дБ)L (4) for CCC, depending on the choice of the

carrier frequency )0

( f , an elevation angle )(Т

and the values of

the physical parameters of ionospheric layers )hvN(D эDDD 0 ,

)hvN(E эEEE 0 and ).эFTэF

( hNvF

However, this technique seems to be quite complicated because it needs to take into account losses in the absorption ( ПL )

in the three layers of the atmosphere D,E,F. Therefore, it is appropriate to develop a mathematical model to evaluate

transmission loss due to wave absorption in the ionosphere ( ПL )

subject to the parameters of only one layer F. The essence of the method of calculation is as follows.

Page 41: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

41

The analysis of the expression summands (3) and the simplified model show that the main contribution to the result

value of the product integral of EC and EECF )/211042.1( 2sme

introduces a layer F )e/m1002.1( 221 shNv вFTвF . In turn, the main

contribution to the last value the integral EC of layer F

)/17101.5( 2smeвF

hT

N introduces. Note that according to the

common model of EC altitude distribution in the layers D and E, the EC integral value can be assumed as:

;e/m109103103

)106109(103)(

21248

448

0вD

DDDDTD hNhhNN (5)

;e/m105,2105,210

)10,591012(10)(

215411

4411

0вE

EEEETE hNhhNN (6)

The analysis of expressions (5, 6) shows that the integral EC in the layer F is much higher than in the lower layers of the ionosphere

),e/m(109

)e/m(105,2)e/m(105

212

215217

TD

TETF

N

NN (7)

while product integral of the EECF in the layer F is only slightly lower than in the whole ionosphere (4):

).2e/m(

0

20102.14)(э

N(h)

)2e/m(201010,2эFTэF

sB

h

h

dhh

hNэFTF

N

(8)

Thus, we can assume that the difference between the product

integral )/(1010,2 220

эF smeNTF and true value

)/(102.14 220 sme is due to the fact that EECF in the layer F less

than in the lower layers of the ionosphere эDэEэF .

Page 42: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

42

Then, subject to (7, 8), the expression (3) for the product integral of EC on the EECF in the ionosphere can be written through the integral EC of layer F as following:

,dh h)()( )эF(эF)эF(TFэFэFTF

h

э

B

0

hNNNhN T

h

(9)

where

39.1)e/m(102.10

)e/m(102.14)()(

220

220

эF

)эF(

эF

э

эF0

s

s

N

dhhhN

TF

h

h

B

(10)

- correction factor to the EECF value in the layer F of the ionosphere.

Subject to the correction factor F 1,39э to the value

)(10.2 130

эF

s , expression (9) takes true value as

).e/m(102,14

1078,21055,210278,2101.539,1102101,5

)()(

220

351217317

)эF(эF)эF(эFэFэ

0

s

vhNvNvNdhhhN TTFTF

h

h

B

(11)

Thus, it is advisable to represent above worked out model of

the ionosphere which was made in the form of three summands (3) in a simpler form of (one summand) the product (11):

B

h

h

HT

NhND

hDD

NdhhhN

0

FF00)()(

)e/m(102,14 220

)F(TF)F(F sNhNT (12)

where

),e/m(101,51055,2102 217512

FTTF shNN

Page 43: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

43

)(1078,239,1102 133

FF)F(

s

This allows us to write the expression (1) for assessing the

transmission loss due to wave absorption in the ionosphere in the simplest form:

2

0)эF(TF

6

П(дБ) ) cosec(1017,1 fvNL T (13)

For the developing of transionospheric communication

channel model and evaluation of satellite communications systems (SCS) interference immunity subject to the wave absorption at low

frequencies ( МHz 1000 f ), it is appropriate to represent a

simplified model of the ionosphere it in the form of the combination of homogeneous by height эFh thick by layer with EC,

where the value TN of described integral EC ionosphere layer F is

эFTF hNN T , and located on its bottom indefinitely thin layer,

where only collisions of electrons with neutral molecules take

place, wich effective frequency is )эF(v .

Thus, a mathematical model of the transmission loss evaluation due to wave absorption in the ionosphere was developed, which describes the integral product of EC by EECF at all altitudes, in the form (11) of the product of integral EC in the layer F by increased value of EECF in this layer. This model allows to obtain calculated target value of the dependence

),,,( 0П vNfL in the form (13) of transmission loss due to

absorption in the ionosphere depending on the choice of the carrier

frequency of SCS )( 0f , the elevation angle and ionospheric

parameters ),( эvN .

References

1. Chipiga A.F., Senokosova A.V. Data protection in the space communication systems by means of changing wavelength allocation conditions // Space Science. 2007. Volume. 45. - № 1. - pp. 59-66. 2. Senokosova A.V., Solchatov M.E., Strekalov A,V., Chipiga A.V. The mathematical model of the ionosphere to assess the absorption

Page 44: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

44

of radio waves in the space communication systems // Infocommunication technology. 2006. Volume 4. - № 1. - pp. 77-82.

Keywords

Ionosphere, interference immunity, integral electron density, the effective collision frequency of electrons in the ionosphere, the transmission loss, wave absorption .

<Translated from Russian>

Page 45: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

45

Domracheva Y.V., Loginov S.Y.

The Mathematical Model of the Control System of the

Bearingless Reluctance Motor

Nowadays electric motors and generators with suspension rotors in active magnetic bearings (AMB) are used in some fields of industry [1,2]. The rotor is fixed by the controlled electromagnets. In fact, such a system is more expensive than ordinary ball-bearings, however, it allows for some advantages: almost unlimited resource; little return of warmth in environment; possibility of work at ultrahigh speed and in vacuum, at low and high temperatures, in the conditions of hostile environment, in superpure technologies; possibility to create controlled rotor micromovements in an airgap; littie noise and vibration; control of the bearings load and the rotor position.

Development of AMB is bearingless electric motors (BEM). The idea of BEM is to combine an electric motor and AMB in one device. In this case electromagnetic field in an airgap creates torque and operated radial forces by interaction with a rotor. It allows to reduce rotor length that mainly affects the expansion of rotation speed and the improvement of mass and dimensional indicators in comparison with AMB application.

There are different alternative constructions of BEM on the basis of various types of electric motors: induction motors, permanent magnet motors, synchronous reluctance motors and others in which there is no mechanical contact between a stator and a rotor [3,4,5]. The Pskov Engineering Company designed a bearingless reluctance motor (BRM) projected on the instructions of the public corporation «Elektroprivod» in the city of Kirov.

The section view of this BRM is presented in fig. 1. The stator has 5 single-phase windings: the winding creating

torque (we will call it the drive winding and we will designate it by the letter "m") and four windings which suspend the rotor (we will call them the suspension windings and we will designate them by x1, x2, y1, y2). The drive winding consists of 16 coils with the same number of rounds wm each, with the identical current im, and the magnetomotive force (MMF) Fm= wmim. The rotor suspension by the x axis direction is held by the x1 and x2 windings, in the y

Page 46: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

46

axis direction – by y1 and y2 windings. At the change of the current the drive winding there is a redistribution of the magnetic field that leads to creation of the torque. The rotor has 8 evenly distributed teeth.

Fig.1 Section view of BRM The comprehensive study and research of this motor needs

receiving an adequate mathematical model. The relations of the flux linkage of the drive winding m

and the suspension windings 1x , 2x , 1y , 2y with the drive

winding current mi and the suspension windings currents 1xi , 2xi ,

1yi , 2yi are expressed in a matrix form:

Page 47: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

47

2

1

2

1

22122212

21112111

22122212

21112111

2121

2

1

2

1

y

y

x

x

m

yy,yy,xy,xy,m

y,yyy,xy,xy,m

y,xy,xxx,xx,m

y,xy,xx,xxx,m

y,my,mx,mx,mm

y

y

x

x

m

i

i

i

i

i

LMMMM

MLMMM

MMLMM

MMMLM

MMMML

, (1)

Receiving the mathematical model requires to find the

expressions for the self-inductances and mutual inductances depending on the motor parameters.

The equivalent magnetic circuit of the BRM is given in fig. 2.

Fig. 2 Equivalent magnetic circuit of BRM

In this drawing Ф1,…,Ф16 are the magnetic flux through the poles, G1,…,G16 are the magnetic conductivity of the air gaps under the poles.

The dependences of magnetic conductivities from inductances are received using the equivalent magnetic circuit and the nodal-pair method [6]. So, this dependence for the self-inductance of the drive winding looks the following way:

)GGGGGGGG(

)GGGGGGGG(G

wL m

m

161412108642

15131197531

24

.

Other inductances are defined similarly.

Page 48: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

48

The calculation of the air magnetic conductivity was executed on the approximate formulas given in [7]. The magnetic conductivity under the tooth from rotor position is drawn for this slot configuration and motor parameters the dependence of (fig. 3 a)). For the assessment of the received results the magnetic conductivity modeling by the method of final elements in the program FEMM was carried out (fig. 3b)).

а) b)

Fig. of 3 Magnetic conductivity as a function of rotor position.

As one can see the results of calculations by various methods

are very similar. For further calculations we approximate the dependence of conductivity as a function of the rotation angle as a cos:

)cos(GGGG

)(G minmaxminmax

822

.

It should be noted that the value Gmax substantially depends on the airgap length. Considering that the dependence of the airgap length from the angular situation and the rotor displacement on the axes x and y looks the following way [2]:

sinycosxgg 0 , one can receive the following expression

for the magnetic conductivity of k stator tooth:

)cos(G)k,y,x(GG)k,y,x(G

),k,y,x(G minmaxminmaxk

8

22.

Thus, we defined the dependences of the self-inductance and

mutual inductance for all windings from the rotor parameters, the radial displacement, and the rotor angular position.

Page 49: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

49

Definition of the torque and the radial forces The torque and the radial forces of the BRM can be found as

a private derivative of the magnetic energy on the rotor rotation angle and the radial shifts respectively.

The magnetic energy is determined as: 2/iW . Considering that the BRM represents the system of five current circuitries and using expression (1) it is possible to write:

2/LiiW T . Or:

21212222

1212212111112121

22112211

222

211

222

211

2 22222

yyy,yyxy,x

yxy,xyxy,xyxy,xxxx,x

ymy,mymy,mxmx,mxmx,m

yyyyxxxxmm

iiMiiM

iiMiiMiiMiiM

iiMiiMiiMiiM

/iL/iL/iL/iL/iLW

. (2)

The first line here describes the magnetic energy of the self-

inductance, the second line – the energy of the mutual inductance of the drive winding and the suspend windings, the third and fourth lines – the energy of the mutual inductance between the suspend windings. Substituting the received expressions of the inductance in (2) we define the system magnetic energy:

)i,i,i,i,i,,y,x(fW yyxxm 2121 .

The torque is determined as a private derivative of the magnetic energy W by the rotation angle φ: /WM .

The radial forces Fx and Fy are defined as private derivatives of the magnetic energy by the rotor displacement on the axes x and y respectively:

x

WFx

, y

WFy

(4) Thus, we received the expressions for the torque and the

radial forces affecting the rotor, in dependence the motor parameters, the rotor displacement, and the currents in windings. Besides, the model of electromagnetic system of the BRM was created by the finite element method in the computer simulation technique FEMM. In fig. 4 the results of modeling are presented.

Page 50: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

50

Fig. 4. a) Force Fx variation with respect to the axis x rotor

displacement; b) Force Fx variation with respect to the current in suspend

winding x1; c) Force Fy variation with respect to the current in suspend

winding x1;; d) Torque M variation with respect to the rotor angular position; received on analytical expressions (solid line) and computer model

(dotted line). Fig. 4 demonstrates that the results of the analytical and

computer modeling almost completely coincide which verifies the results. However, fig 4 b) shows that there is an undesirable effect: the appearance of current in the winding х1 (when it is controlled on the axis x) activates the axis y force. This force needs compensating by the у1 and у2 windings currents.

Having some assumptions in the expressions (4): the induction variation with respect to the magnetic field strength is

Page 51: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

51

linear, magnetic saturation is absent; eddy currents are absent; small components are excluding, the approximate equations for the radial forces are received:

cxbiaiF yxx

,cyaibiF yxy

, (5) where a, b, c are the coefficients depending on the motor parameters, the sum of currents in the suspension windings (if to operate currents according to the differential scheme, the sum of currents is constant), the current in the drive winding, and the rotor rotation angle.

As well as in AMB, the regulator (for example PID) on the basis of the feedback of x and y displacement generates instant values of command forces Fx* and Fy*. Having a computer is a must for the control system which generates the command currents ix* and iy* on the entrance signals Fx * and Fy*, given through the amplifiers A in the suspension windings. The functional diagram of the control system is shown in fig. 5.

Fig. 5. The functional diagram of the BRM control system

From the to the definition (5) the currents ix and iy can be derived:

22 ba

)cyF(b)cxF(ai

yx

x

,

22 ba

)cxF(b)cyF(ai

xy

y

.

Therefore, the command currents have to be formed under the following law:

)ba/()]byax(cbFaF[i *y

*x

*x

22 ,

)ba/()]bxay(cbFaF[i *x

*y

*y

22 . (6)

Page 52: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

52

The displacements x and y are measured by displacement sensors. For the calculation of the coefficients a, b and c one requires to know the bias current , the drive winding current im , and the rotor rotation angle at any moment. The drive control system forms the current im.

The mathematical model in the program Simulink was created by the above described equations. The dependences of the designed radial forces Fx and Fy on the time at influence of a harmonious entrance signal of coordinate displacement were explored for the two cases: the command currents are generated as well as in AMB (i.e. the current is proportional to the entrance signal of the command forces – fig. 6)) and under the law (6), allowing to compensate the mutual influence of the radial forces (fig. 6 c)).

Fig. 6. Forces Fx and Fy variation with respect to the time: a)

the operating axis y force b) axis x force, when the command current proportionally to displacement; c) axis x force, when the command currents are formed under the developed law of control.

As it is seen in the diagram, the offered law of control allows

to compensate the influence of the operating axis y force on the operating axis x force, which leads to the increase of system stability.

Conclusion

The received mathematical model allows to describe the electromagnetic processes in the bearingless reluctance motor, and the offered law of suspension windings currents control to almost

Page 53: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

53

completely exclude the interference of operating signals on the axes x and y. Thus, the controllability of the BRM is similar to AMB, and the combination of drive and suspension functions in one module causes achieving the reduction of overall dimensions.

Bibliography

1. Zhuravlyov Y. N. Active magnetic bearings: theory, design, application. – SPb. : Politechnica, 2003. – 206p. 2. Shweitzer G., Bleuler H., Traxler A. Active magnetic bearings. ETH, Zurich, 1994. – 244 p. 3. Chiba A., Magnetic Bearings and Bearingsless Drives. / A.Chiba, T.Fykao, O.Ichikawa, M.Oshima, M.Takemoto, D.G.Dorrell, Изд-во – ELSEVIER, 2005. – 381 p. 4. A. Chiba, K. Chida and T. Fukao. Principles and Characteristics of a Reluctance Motor with Windings of Magnetic Bearing. //Proc. of International Power Electronics Conference (IPEC), Yokohama, 1990, pp. 919-926. 5. A. Chiba and T. Fukao. Optimal Design of Rotor Circuits in Induction-Type Bearing-less Motors. //IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, 1998, No. 4, pp. 2108-2110. 6. Loginov S.Y. Mathematical Model of the Bearingless Reluctance Motor // Izvestiya TulGU – 2011. - №6 – С.58-66. 7. Constant magnets: Directory / Altman A.B. Gerberg A.N. Gladyshev P. A. etc.; Under the editorship of Y.M.Pyatina – M.Energiya, 1980. 488.

Keywords

Active magnetic bearing, bearingless motor, magnetic conductivity, inductance, radial forces, torque, rotor suspension, mathematical model, computer model, control system.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 54: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

54

Dorofeyev G.A., Yantovsky P.R., Odorodko T.N., Kharitonova Y.V., Protopopov A.A., Erofeev V.A., Arsenieva A.A., Murat S.G.

New energy - metallurgical production process of direct reduced iron and electrical energy

The production of the steel has been formed at last 700 years

and at the beginning of the XXI century reached the limit of technical possibilities, it exhausted the potential for further development. Therefore, ferrous metallurgy consumes too much energy and raw materials for the production of 1 ton of finished goods (rolled metal) and polluting environment.

Blast-furnace production is its serving processes of agglomeration and coke are the problem part of metallurgical cycle. This stage is composing 70-80% of all energy consumption and the biggest part of emissions. In this way, cast iron production and its serving processes of agglomeration and coke is the main waster of energy and raw materials.

The question of the development new technologies is dictated by energy shortage, environmental requirements and necessity of improving the steel properties. This technology should conform to demands of energy effectiveness, the environment, efficiency and metal quality.

World steel production has exceeded 1.5 billion tons per year. However, it is not enough for supplying of world needs and this figure should increase to at least 2.5-2.8 billion tons in short term. According to this fact the main goal of ferrous metallurgy is creating of new unique ecological energy-and resource-saving technology. It can make the breakthrough in the production of metals.

A small scientific and production enterprise "Intermet-Service" (LLC NPMP "Intermet- Service") together with leading research and design enterprises and higher education establishments in Russian Federation developed a new and innovative production process for the direct reduced iron (DRI) in liquid form and the simultaneously generation of electricity from the synthesis gas produced from the coal gasification. The process

Page 55: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

55

is unique and have not analogue in the world steel industry and is in the process of patenting.

This process has energotechnological character as opposed to the existing production blast furnace and recovery devices. Energy-metallurgical complex (EMC) can solve two problems at the same time: the iron reduction by carbon and coal gasification with producing of synthetic gas which will use for generate electricity and heat energy.

The function of the energy source in EMC: - The heat from the burning (oxidation) of carbon dissolved

in the metal; -Electric energy generated by the transformation of chemical

and heat exhaust process gases. The level of electrical energy generated in the process,

higher than power inputs for technological purposes. Therefore, the process is heat self-sufficient and has auto-thermal character. The excess of energy is used in production DRI and synthesis gas and as a commercial product.

The new process allows use this natural doped ore that is solving the problem of providing industry with iron ore. At the same time, separation of waste rock is achieved. It is contain oxides of alloying elements - titanium, chromium, manganese, vanadium. This element could be applied as a feedstock for ferroalloy with high content of main element.

The proposed process is based on the complex research made by LLC NPMP "Intermet- Service" with FGUP "TsNIIchermet named by I.P. Bardeen», NIFU "MISiS" and "Tula State University", IMET by A.A.Baikova over the past 20 years. These studies allow creating the scientific basis for a new process.

In EMC process are used the most advantageous combination of aggregate state - iron oxides in the liquid state and carbon in iron. Owing to the fact that, the simultaneous iron reduction and carbon burning (oxidation) is achieved. That is providing a combination of high-intensity reduction of iron and generating the level of electrical energy, higher than power inputs for recovery of iron and coal gasification. These results were confirmed by process research an industrial aggregate - electric arc furnaces and oxygen converters with different volume capacity up to 370 tons.

Page 56: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

56

The mathematical EMC model was create for the visualization process. During the simulation are defining in terms of the current distribution of the intensity of the heat emission, enthalpy and temperature, velocity and concentration of the substances. This physical-mathematical model for liquid DRI production and gasification of carbon allows us to solve the problem of optimizing the design elements of the EMC and technology conduction of the process.

The creating of a first energo-metallurgical industrial complex is burning question today, the ultimate goal - development and fine-tuning of industrial technology and launching the production as well as further their commercialization both in Russia and abroad.

The iron ore, thermal coal and the oxygen-containing gas are the main source material for EMC. The EMC based electric arc furnace with rated volume of iron 60 tons with a transformer capacity of 60 MW at raw materials consumption 100 t / h and 60 t of coal has a capacity of 60 t / h or 480,000 tons per year of DRI(direct reduced iron).

Amount of generated electricity exceeds the power consumption for technological purposes. This energy can be apply in other parts of the enterprise, there EMC is located or as commercial product. DRI can be used in liquid state for steelmaking in its own production or spill on ingot for producing of commercial metal raw materials, including synthetic composite materials such Synticom.

The advantages of energy-metallurgical complex a new generation comparably with blast furnaces and direct reduction iron devices:

- Together with the production of DRI is producing the commercial electricity and thermal energy plant. This complex instead energy consumer become its producer;

- That give a great opportunity to create, energy-metallurgical enterprises, for produce along with DRI the electricity and heat energy. This eliminates the dependence on the electricity monopolists;

- It allows fulfill the needs of the steel industry in the metallic raw materials of different types - from rough soft iron with a carbon content of 0.05% and above, and to cast irons, including a particularly high carbon content of the order of 5.5-6.5%;

Page 57: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

57

- It solves the problem of providing the needs of the developing EPSS electric furnace steelmaking in pure metallic materials.

-This systems can manufacture natural doped ore with a high content of oxides of manganese, chromium, titanium and vanadium. Later, these components can be used for the smelting of ferroalloys with increased main element;

- Are creating the prerequisites for the production of DRI based on its own energy resources in all parts of the globe that have iron base and coal reserves;

-The range of products of produced metal raw materials is become wider - from low carbon rough iron to cast iron including high carbon content to 5.5-6.5%;

- Overall energy consumption for smelting 1 t of iron is considerably decreased from 2500-3000 to 2100-2250 kWh / t of metal;

- The capital investment (capital-intensiveness) to produce 1 ton of DRI and 1 kWh of electricity is decreasing;

- Lower prime cost of produced direct reduced iron; -The main problem of metallurgical cycle is solved. No need

in for coke and agglomeration of iron ore that is improving the environmental conditions.

Simultaneous production in EMC the two target products - DRI and the self-energy, can significantly reduce the cost of manufactured products comparably with the blast furnace process and production methods DRI. In the case of using the natural doped ore the third product of the EMC is a slag consisting of oxides of alloying elements. The coal is the cheapest and non-deficient of all existing energy sources. That will help to reduce costs in future.

In accordance with the above we come to conclusion that the processes of EMC based on a new technological base, will fulfill the needs of growing demand for the original metallic materials required for steel production.

At the same time will achieve requirements of electricity savings, the ecology, and quality of steel products and improvement of technical and environmental measurements of steel production.

Page 58: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

58

References

1. Shakhpazov E. X., Dorofeev G.A. New synthetic composite materials and technology of steel production with their using. - Moscow: Intercontact Science. 2008. - 272. 2. Morozov A.N. Modern steel production in electric arc furnaces, 2-nd ed. - Chelyabinsk Metallurgy. 1987. -175 S.

Keywords

Composite materials, Synticom, metal charge, steel scrap, pig iron, iron oxide, carbon oxidation, melting point, electric arc furnace, decarburization.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 59: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

59

Dorofeev G.A., Yantovskii P.R., Odorodko T.N., Kharitonova I.V., Protopopov A.A., Turin A.N., Vzdyhanko M.M., Murat S.G.

Using of new composite materials type Synticom ®

in the steel production

Improvement and development in all spheres of human activity is continuous occur today. New technologies, materials and equipment are created.

Necessity in improvement is touch upon ferrous metallurgy. The production of critical products such as missile-space technique, items of nuclear and power engineering, etc., is demand for high quality steel In this case, the quality of steel depends on the raw materials - pure metal charge. Low steel scrap quality is requires to pretreatment, in some cases, excludes or limit its using possibility in steel smelting for major purpose. One of the solutions to the problem of high-quality steel smelting is production increasing and using of new type of pure metal charge.

New synthetic composite material oxide-metal was developed in Russia by the leading research and design organizations, metallurgical works in cooperation with the firm "Intermet -Service". It was termed Synticom. This material consists of a metal base - iron-carbon alloy (pig iron) and inexpensive filler (iron oxide, carbonaceous materials, reducing agents elements, slag-forming components). The filler is bring in a certain ratio to liquid iron, and it is uniformly distributed over the volume at the time of his casting in molds.

Synticom is a material of the new generation, as it is the only type of metal charge, which composition, properties and future behavior are set at the production stage. The main difference is capacity for oxidation of carbon and other impurities of the synticom metal base (iron) by his own oxygen of iron oxide, during the charge melting in the arc-steel furnace. This capacity set at the stage of manufacturing. This takes into account assortment steel, the type of steel-smelting device, its individual characteristics. Because of it Synticom has the possibility to satisfy different requirements of modern steelmaking plants to metal charge.

Page 60: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

60

Synticom contains the greatest amount of carbon and oxygen - and 6 respectively, and 7.5% comparatively with other types of metal charge. The carbon rapid react with his own oxygen during heating and smelting. Carbon oxidation starts earlier, in the beginning of metal charge smelting. With this help, continuous bath decarburization achieved during total time period of melting - from the beginning of foundering and till metal tapping.

Synticom decarburization is the main process reaction. It takes place directly in synticom bullion and has autonomous character, independent of the processes occurring in the furnace, with the exception of input electrical energy. This energy equally with the synticom composition defines all behavior and kinetic of the oxidation - reduction reactions, including the main one - decarburization synticom.

A distinctive feature of the synticom behavior in the arc-steel furnace is overlapping in time and space heating and refining processes, first of all, carbon oxidation, occurring parallel and simultaneously with the melting synticom. The melting ingot is the place of carbon oxidation and other impurities, iron reduction and the formation of CO. With this help the input to charge in the arc-steel furnace synticom stimulate the origination of the new front impurities oxidation, the main of which is the oxidation of carbon.

Carbon oxidation in synticom starts earlier than in the liquid metal, and proceeds with extremely high speeds. Early and intensive carbon oxidation in synticom significant causes it removal even before the complete melt of metal charge.

This reaction start then the first synticom parts began to melt (after reach the melting point of iron - 1150 ° C) and continues during whole period of melting solid charge till complete the transition synticom to a molten state. As a result a continuous carbon oxidation during all time of melting.

Unlike traditional technology with carbon oxidation in the liquid period this process sweep over whole melting period - from the start point till the end. CO produced during the carbon oxidation synticom. It is an additional heat source during its post-combustion to CO2, and also provides the boiling metal and slag and their mixing.

Carbon oxidation occurring during melting synticom is superimposed on the carbon oxidation in the metal bath into which the dissolved carbon of coke, scrap and synticom remain non-

Page 61: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

61

oxidized. CO produced during the carbon oxidation synticom is caused intensive boiling of metal bath. As a result, carbon oxidizes quickly and completely. That is determines the most efficient scopes application synticom - melting of low-and high-carbon steels.

Carbon oxidation in synticom occurs on the surface and in the bulk ingots synticom, from start melting till final stage.

The possibility of synticom to delete his own carbon and its significant role in the intensification of decarburization metal bath allow increase a sharp share synticom in the charge - up to 3 times compared to cast iron. Accordingly, that give the opportunity to increase the percentage of net charges in arc-steel furnace and melt the steel with guaranteed low content of residual elements Cu, Sn, Cr, Ni, Mo, As, etc.

The combined nature of heating and refining processes occurring in synticom at the same time intensifies the heat and mass transfer. That allow reduce the time of the heating, reduce energy consumption, improve yield.

Main problem of using synticom in electric arc furnace is the careful control and regulation of the carbon oxidation to prevent premature and overly strong oxidation of carbon with a low it's content in the metal - less than 0.05%. That is eliminates excessive iron oxidation, when the carbon content falls below 0.05%, and is a major cause of increased waste of iron.

Due to special synticom properties (carbon autoxidation) it provides control and regulatory decarburization process. That changes the steelmaking technology in arc steel furnace and gives opportunity for raising the coefficient of furnace work and pure of smelted metal.

Ferrous metallurgy faced to shortages of scrap metal, the deterioration of its quality and increasing prices today. In connection with that fact creation of new types of metal charge is a topical question. Synticom is a versatile material with a very wide application sphere and high technological capabilities. It’s using provides new opportunities for improving the steel production technology, quality, technical and economic index of steelmaking.

Thus, the developing of new composite material type is Synticom give the opportunities to improve steelmaking technology. Their properties will solve the problem of energy efficiency, the environment and resource saving. At the same time

Page 62: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

62

the problem of melting in electric arc furnace steel with the residual elements such as Cu, Sn, Mo, Ni, Cr, As etc. is solved.

References

1. Shakhpazov E. X., Dorofeev G.A. New synthetic composite materials and technology of steel production with their using. - Moscow: Intercontact Science. 2008. - 272. 2. Morozov A.N. Modern steel production in electric arc furnaces, 2-nd ed. - Chelyabinsk Metallurgy. 1987. -175 S.

Keywords

Composite materials, Synticom, metal charge, steel scrap, pig iron, iron oxide, carbon oxidation, melting point, electric arc furnace, decarburization.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 63: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

63

Engelhardt V.V., Tepliakov V.B.

Carrying out structural and parametrical identification of linear dynamic system with application of genetic algorithm

Introduction

We have worked out and analysed the algorithm, allowing to

carry out structural and parametrical identification of linear dynamic systems with the account of hindrances on system input and output. Work of algorithm is based on use of genetic algorithms used for model structure identification.

Identification methods like methods of mathematical models of the real dynamic systems are subjected to uncontrollable casual influences, are now an important component of management decision-making process. One of the most popular dynamic models is the model in the form of a linear difference equation (1).

In this case it is rather a complicated task to determine parameters and model structure (order of input and output) of this equation.

We suggest a method of structural and parametrical identification which allows to estimate the order of LDE (1) without a transfer function, a pulse system characteristic and in the presence of supervision hindrances in input and output signals.

Problem definition

Let's consider a multidimensional linear difference equation

with hindrances on input and output with infinite discrete time on

both sides ...1,0,1... ,,=i

j

mi

d

=j

jr

=m

mj

mi

r

=m

m

ixa=zbz

1 0

01

0, (1)

the input and output variable is observed with additive hindrances :

iξ+x=w,iξ+z=y jj

i

j

iii 1

Page 64: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

64

It is required to define by iy , jiw a vector of

parametersa ,b and orders r ,j

r ..

As a loss function for assessment of the LDE parameters in the terms of hindrances the following criterion [1, c.44] was used:

d

N

d

a

baab,Uaab,

111minw where (2)

a

bAY

a

bAY=aab,U

WY,WY,

d

N

1,

, - scalar product;

),( )()1( daab w

)()()()1()1()1(2

1 )()(1 dTddTT aaaabb , 2

1 - average dispersion of hindrance of supervision iξ1

;

2)(

)(j

- average dispersion of hindrance of supervision

2

1

2)(

)()(

2

)(,

j

jjiξ ;

Tdaa=a 1,

Tjj

rjj aa=a,0, , Trbb=b 1

, TN

yy=Y 1

,

d

dr

d

dr

d

N

d

rN

r

NrN

r

N

wy,

w

w

w

w

w

w

w

w

y

y

y

y

=A

-N

-1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

11

1

0

1

1

The given criterion allows to receive strongly well-founded estimates [1, c.43] when meeting the following conditions:

1. The set B~

which a priori possesses true values of parameters of a steady linear system, is a compact.

2. Hindrances d=j,iξ,iξ j 1, are statistically independent

and meet the following conditions:

Page 65: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

65

0,.../11011

iii where operator of a

mathematical expectation;

hiii 101

2

1,...,/1 where h random variable;

h ; 1

4

1 i п.н; 0.../1

0 iii jjj

п.н;

jjjj hiii ,...,/10

2

, jh - random

variable; jjh ;

1jj i .

3. (d)(1)

iix,x statistically do not depend on

d=j,iξ,iξ j 1, .

4. Vector of input variables and true parameter values meet conditions:

Ni

dxixizN

i=i

TT

dr

T

r

T

r

01

1 1

H

dxiz П.Н

N

T

dr

T

r

, where

T

jri

j

ij

r

jxx=

jx

,

T

riirzz=iz

1.

Algorithm for structural and parametrical identification For the problem of numerical realization of a structure model

choice we suggest an approach bases on the genetic algorithm [2, p.432]. It is a heuristic algorithm of search used for the solution of problems of optimization and modeling by casual selection, combination and variation of required parameters with use of mechanisms reminding biological evolution. Distinctive feature of genetic algorithm is the emphasis on use of the operator of "crossing" which recombines candidate decisions, its role is similar to the crossing role in the wildlife.

The problem of structural identification is formalized in such a way that its decision is coded in the form of a vector of the fixed

Page 66: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

66

length where each element corresponds to shift on jrr, . Thus, the

task is reduced to the solution of the problem of integer programming which refers to the class of NP-hard (nondeterministic polynomial time) [3].

In a general view the algorithm of structural and parametrical identification has the following format:

1. We create databases for model structures: store - for all parametrically identified structures, stab_store - only for steady systems, store_p - is the resultant thesaurus for models with the minimum value of criterion for each limit of complexity

p ( d

=jj

r+r=p1

);

2. We set restrictions on algorithm: adequacy degree , the

most admissible complexity p ;

3. We set initial limit of complexity ;1p

4. Start the genetic algorithm (GA) for the current restriction

on p ;;

5. For each structure, on each iteration of GA at calculation "fitness functions" we make the following actions:

a. We check, whether such structure has already been calculated in store; if it is, we retrieve values of criterion and transfer to GA

b. We make parametrical identification for the current structure individual on the basis of criterion (2) and restrictions on parameters in the form of algebraic criterion of stability of Rausa-Gurvits;

c. We add model to store; d. We check the received parameters of model on stability by

means of the characteristic equation, and in case of model stability we add it to stab_store;

6. We sort stab_store by value of criterion from smaller to bigger and we add model with smaller criterion in the output thesaurus store_p.

7. We increase search space for GA 1 pp ;

Page 67: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

67

8. If in case of expansion of search space p , criterion

change for optimum model current is less than compared to the

previous optimum value i.e. 1p , then we stop algorithm;

9. If the search space p reach the most admissible

complexity, we stop algorithm; 10. We pass to point 4. After the stop of algorithm we output the graphic chart of

dependence of criterion on p and also the received thesaurus

store_p in which models are already sorted by complexity (dimension of p) and values of criterion (mistake) for each model are specified.

The software product which allows to make structural and parametrical identification of LDS in an actually automatic mode has neen developed on the basis of this method.

Modelling Results

The following model has been chosen as system to test:

Number of input variables x = 4 where delay for every x

will be: 31r , 1

2r , 1

3r , 2

4r , delay on the output

2r . For our method this model will be presented in the form of a vector r = [3,1,1,2,2] where each value of r corresponds to the

order j

r for every x , except the last value which indicates the

order of r on output. Coefficients on output b = [0.8,-0.5,0.2] are transferred to the right part of the model (1) it is necessary to provide convenience of calculations. Coefficients on input a = [0.4,-0.5,-1,0.3,-0.2,0.6,0.4,-0.5,-1,0.3,-0.2] corresponding to the

shift of j

r for every x . Complexity of this system is 9p , and

the total amount of sampling is N = 10000 for all tests. We compare the following methods as a loss function for

parametrical identification: Least square method; Recurrent method of instrumental variables [4], with the

following choice of the vector of instrumental variables: T

d

dri

d

driririririi wwwwyy )(

2

)()1(

2

)1(

21 11 ;

Page 68: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

68

The criterion developed by us. Results of algorithms operation were compared according to

a relative error of modeling: %100ˆ22

zzzzN

,

where T

Nizzz , a vector of an output not observed

variable, T

NiNzzz ˆ,ˆˆ an assessment of the vector of the

output not observed variable, received by means of the model. Since the result of our method work is the thesaurus of

models, there is a problem of comparison of models with various structures. Therefore for a resultant assessment we take models of identical complexity in each thesaurus and the model where the criterion went off <=1[5, p.356]. To confirm this statement a test has been carried out on the system with the following parameters:

x /

2 = 0.2000;

z /

1 = 0.2000;

2

x = [0.0396, 0.0403,

0.0415, 0.0396, 0.0397] 2

y = 0.3497; = [0.1132, 0.1152,

0.1186, 0.1134, 0.1136].

Page 69: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

69

Page 70: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

70

Fig. 1. the graphic chart of convergence of each criterion: a– the developed criterion; b – instrumental variables; c – a LS method

Figure 1 presents graphs of convergence of all the 3 methods for the set conditions, and on their basis it is possible to draw a

conclusion: at increase in search space p more reference model

and increase in a quantity of parameters - the mistake decreases

slightly. So if changes of criterion value are insignificant and don't lead to a notable reduction of a mistake, it doesn't make sense to make further steps for identification. Results of testing are presented in Table 1 and Table 2.

Table 1

Comparison of criteria at 9p (the set model complexity)

x /

2

z

/1

Error

,%

LS method

Instrumental variables method

Developed criterion

0.2 0.2 8,61 8,39 7,32 0.2 0.5 12,8 13,44 7,37 0.2 0.7 15,3 16,1 7,56 0.5 0.2 18,7 18,69 10,72 0.7 0.2 28,87 29,19 7,63 0.5 0.5 23,13 24,09 10,21 0.5 0.7 25,11 22,89 10,35 0.7 0.5 33,15 33,26 12,42 0.7 0.7 31,31 31,65 10,76

Page 71: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

71

Table 2 Criteria comparison at 1

x /

2

z

/1

Error

,%

LS method

Instrumental variables method

Developed criterion

0.2 0.2 3.83 3.98 1.17 0.2 0.5 4.40 4.62 2.73 0.2 0.7 5.06 7.23 3.84 0.5 0.2 17.5 17.45 2.82 0.7 0.2 28.24 28.07 3.67 0.5 0.5 18.51 18.31 3.13 0.5 0.7 18.97 18.37 7.51 0.7 0.5 29.58 29.88 4.38 0.7 0.7 31.57 32.53 5.93

Conclusion

Thus, the developed approach allows to carry out structural

and parametrical identification of LDS of any dimension according to model input and output and during a specified time to make the thesaurus of models of the set accuracy presented in the order of the least complexity where each model corresponds to criterion of stability.

Bibliographie

1. 1 . Katsyuba.O. A.Theory of identification of stochastic dynamic systems in terms of uncertainty: monograph /O. A.Katsyuba. - Samara: SamGUPS, 2008. – 119 p.

Page 72: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

72

2. 2 . Yemelyanov V. V., Kureychik V. V., Kureychik V. M. The theory and practice of evolutionary modeling — M: Fizmatlit, 2003. – 432 p. — ISBN 5-9221-0337-7. 3. Matousek Jiri, Sharir Micha, Welzl Emo. A subexponential bound for linear programming, 1996, Algorithmica 16: 498–516, doi:10.1007/BF01940877. 4. Thil S. Contributions à l’identification de modèles avec des erreurs en les variables. Thesis of Doctorat, University of Henri Poincaré, Nancy 1, 2007. 5. Lyung L. System identification. Theory for users. M.: Nauka, 1991. – 432 p.

Keywords

Structural and parametrical identification, linear dynamic systems, evolutionary calculations, genetic algorithm, integer programming.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 73: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

73

Ermakova A.V.

Interaction problems between non-public tracks and

connecting stations

Implementation of transportation plans of the mainline railway transport considerably depends on accurate work of railway transport of the enterprises. Implementation of production plans of the enterprises in its turn depends directly on railway regular and timely delivery of the sufficient amount of raw materials, fuel and other materials to the enterprises and on timely providing with necessary quantity of rolling stock for the products shipping.

The present level of transport service of production department doesn't fully satisfy either transport workers, or production workers. Even having of a reserve of a rolling stock, the industrial enterprises suffer production losses because of untimely transport service. The main difficulties with the organization of work of non-public tracks are idle times of cars both on non-public tracks themselves and at the station. They arise due to technologically not adjusted work between non-public tracks and stations/1/.

Coordination in the organizations of work of technical means and the coordinated development of infrastructure ensures complex functioning of the mainline and industrial transport. Need for the coordinated technical solutions is defined by that the rolling stock running through a network of railroads, enters non-public tracks, and cars and engines of cargo owners come to public ways, in turn, influencing station capacity.

Interaction of railway connecting stations with the non-public tracks is a complicated process demanding the solution of many problems.

One of the major problems is coordination of rhythms of work of the public and non-public transport at the industrial hub. The problem can be solved by supply of freight on the schedule routes, availability of the schedule of supply (picking) at the non-public tracks, calculation of station capacity with the account of arrival of the branch-owner's locomotives at station ways, etc.

Page 74: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

74

In turn one of the factors affecting the station capacity nowadays is heavy occupation of stations by movement of shunting engines of non-public tracks (engines of branch-owners). If the rated units are busy with local shunting movement connected with processing of local cars, their capacity decreases in case of increase in number of supplies at the non-public tracks which in turn finds reflection in increase in the expenses connected with idle time of trains at the station

The above stated proves to ensure an effective operation of a station it is expedient to regulate the order of shunting service of non-public tracks and to define the admissible time of occupation of station devices to avoid negative influence on station capacity.

Bibliography

1. Romanova P.B. Optimization activities in station operation dealing with distribution of local cars/ P.B. Romanova, N.A. Mukovnikova, A.V. Ermakova / Proceedings of the international scientific and practical conference. «Science and Education to transport. – Samara: SSTU, 2009.

Keywords

Interaction, non-public tracks, connecting stations, owner’s locomotives, carrying and processing capacity, reserve, influence, service, organization, development.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 75: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

75

Erofeev V.T., Bogatov A.D., Smirnov V.F., Bogatova S.N., Kaznacheev S.V.

Bioresistant building composites on the basis of glass wastes

Broken glass makes a considerable part of all the techogenic wastes that are thrown as useless dumps.

In Russia taken alone, the volume of glass wastes amounts to 4 million tons per year. A greater part of such wastes, while accumulating, contaminates the environmental medium. Meanwhile, broken glass is productive secondary resource that can be used in building industry for producing binding materials, mortars, concretes, and constructions on their basis.

At present, the existing processes of making building materials with the application of broken glass are based on technologies that envisage the sintering of raw materials at high temperatures or relevant treatment in autoclaves [1-4]. If high energy consumption and cost of such processes are into account, then the most perspective way to solve the problem of broken glass utilization is, in our opinion, the production of binding materials, composites and other products that can solidify and harden at temperatures lower 90° C or in normal humid-temperature conditions.

Theoretical propositions for the production of building materials on the basis of industrial glass wastes have been suggested works by domestic and foreign authors [3-5, 7-8]. In these works, it has been shown that the hardening of systems involving natural or artificial glasses is based on the interactive reaction between the silica and alkaline water solutions. As a result of the interaction, the compounds are being synthesized and their chemical composition approaches the chemistry of sedimentary and metamorphic rocks of the nature of natrolite, mordenite, etc. However, this process takes place at high temperatures and pressures. The economic efficacy of using such materials may be attained if the technology of their production is simplified. We have experimentally proved that the formation of the above-mentioned compounds can take place with no autoclave treatment. This is attainable if certain corrective additives are introduced. Clay and carbonate rocs, as well as industrial wastes of building

Page 76: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

76

industry producing ceramic materials are fount to be effective as such additives.

Researches on durability dependence on the quantitative content in the composition of water solution of caustic natron and mineral additive, and also of a latter type were conducted. It is established that the best properties have those mixtures that use fine powders of chalk and haydite as a mineral component.

On the basis of developed binding, the compositions of mortars and concrete with optimum ratio are obtained and their physical and technical properties are studied. Main characteristics of materials are presented in Table 1.

Table 1

Physical and technical properties building materials on the basis of glass alkaline binding

Index Mortar High-

density concrete

Low density

concrete

Cellular concrete

Concrete with

aggregates from

microspheres

Pressure strength, МPа

18 25 16 0,5-0,9 20

Average density, kg/m 3

2000 2400 1400 500 650

Thermal conductivity, W/m ºС

- - 0,43 0,13 0,19

Coefficient of elasticity, MPa

6000 9750 4600 400 6500

Coefficient of temperature equilibrium

0,897x10 -2

1,558 х 10 -5

0,427 x 10 -5

- -

Linear shrinkage, %

0,13 0,12 0,24 — —

Water absorption during 24 h, % by mass

0,3-0,6

0,2-0,3 1,5-4,5 30-50 0,2

Page 77: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

77

The developed binding compositions of mortars and concrete meet the physical, mechanical, thermotechnical, technological requirements demanded of walling and they can be used for constructing superstructure of low buildings. One of distinguishing features of new materials is the use of sand with clay impurity as filling materials. When mortars and concrete harden on such sands in the conditions of high alkalinity of a liquid phase there is a hydration of clay minerals, resulting in alkaline hydroaluminosilicate promoting their structures consolidation. So, on the basis of experimental researches it is established that when using mixture of sand with a 7 % of clay to prepare mortar its durability after thermo humidity processing proved to be 18 % higher, than a similar mixture with pure quartz sand as a filler.

Thus, the application of binding on the basis of broken glass makes it possible to use sand with high clay impurity to produce concretes, but for cement concrete it is not recommended. It is necessary to note that sand resources of that kind in Russia are great enough in Russia, whereas in many regions expensive operations on enrichment of local sand are performed.

Recently the increasing attention is given to research on operational reliability of building materials and in particular their stability in the conditions of biologically active environments influence. Bacteria, fungi, actinomycete belong to those environments [6-10].

The most active destroyers among microorganisms are mycelium fungi that cause degradation by direct consumption of a material or its separate components as a foodstuff, and also due to chemical influence on a material of their vital activity products to which first of all belong organic acids, enzymes, amino acids. It is counted up that damages caused to buildings and constructions as a result of biodamages, makes many ten milliard of dollars annually [8-12]. Besides, microorganisms can cause serious diseases because some kinds are pathogenic in relation to human beings and animals.

A Research of biological resistance of bindings on the basis of glass breakage was carried out according to GOST 9.049-91.

The research results of fungi fouling of the components forming bindings and hardened compositions themselves are given in Tables 2 and 3.

Page 78: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

78

Table 2

The research results of fungi resistance of binding ingredients

Name of material

Degree of fungi fouling in numbers according to GOST

9.049-91 Estimation of

fungi resistance Method 1 Method 3

Limestone 2 5 fungi resistance

Brick dust 4 5 not fungi resistance

Glass powder 2 5 fungi resistance

Haydite powder

2 5 fungi resistance

Clay 3 5 not fungi resistance

Slag 2 5 fungi resistance

Gypsum 1 5 fungi resistance

Table 3

Research results of fungi resistance of bindings on the basis of broken glass

Name of material

Degree of fungi fouling in numbers according to GOST

9.049-91

Estimation of fungi resistance

Method 1 Method 3

Glass alkali binding

1) with ground brick 0 0 fungicidal

2) with ground clay 0 3 fungi resistant

3) with ground с haydite

Page 79: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

79

without additive 0 0 fungicidal

with additive

а) six water chloride aluminium

0 3 fungi resistant

б) sodium aluminate 0 0 fungicidal

в) acetone 0 0 fungicidal

As the research results show binding components do not

possess fungicidal properties, however limestone, ground glass, ground haydite, semi water plaster are fungi resistant. As compositions tempering is done by an alkaline solution so the hydrogen indicator of the environment increases to values adverse for growth and reproduction of microorganisms and that raises their biological resistance considerably. As it shown in Table 2 the majority of examined structures possess fungicidal properties. They are most clearly expressed in the composition with the addition of acetone (the radius of the zone of fungal growth inhibition is 12 mm).

Test results of samples bioresistance on the developed bindings and the traditional ones on the basis of Portland cement, building plaster, technical sulphur and epoxide resin are presented in Table 4.

Table 4

Research results of bioresistance

Name of material

Degree of fungi fouling in numbers according to GOST

9.049-91

Estimation of fungi resistance

Method 1 Method 3

Portland cement rock 0 3 fungi resistant

gypsum rock 0 3 fungi resistant

hardened epoxy resin 0 3 fungi resistant

engineering sulfur 0 3 fungi resistant

hardened binding on the basis of glass

0

0

fungicidal (R=45 mm)

Page 80: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

80

cellular concrete on the basis of glass alkali binding

0 0 fungicidal (R=24 mm).

Note: R – zone radius of fungi growth inhibition As it can be seen from the table developed glass alkaline

bindings and materials on its basis in contrast to widely used cement, plaster, polymeric and sulfuric bindings possess fungicidal properties and that proves the practicability of their use when manufacturing goods maintained in the conditions influenced by biologically active environments.

Then we made the series of researches of studying the aging process’ influence of binding materials under the influence of aggressive environmental factors on their biological stability. The results are presented in the Table 5.

Table 5

Bioresistance of binding materials after exposure in corrosive environment

Type of binding material Method

1 Method

3 Result

Term exposure 1 month water

Binding glass alkaline 0 3 fungi

resistance

Portland cement stone 1 4 fungi

resistance

Cured epoxy 1 4 fungi

resistance Mortars based on liquid glass

0 2 fungi

resistance 2 % sulfuric acid solution

Binding glass alkaline 0 4 fungi

resistance

Portland cement stone 2 4 fungi

resistance

Cured epoxy 2 4 fungi

resistance Mortars based on liquid glass

0 2 fungi

resistance

Page 81: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

81

2 % sodium hydroxide

Binding glass alkaline 0 2 fungi

resistance

Portland cement stone 1 3 fungi

resistance

Cured epoxy 1 4 fungi

resistance Term exposure 3 month

water

Binding glass alkaline 0 2 fungi

resistance

Portland cement stone 0 4 fungi

resistance

Cured epoxy 2 5 fungi

resistance

Mortars based on liquid glass

0 0

(R = 12 mm)

fungicidal

2 % sulfuric acid solution

Binding glass alkaline 0 3 fungi

resistance

Portland cement stone 4 4 not fungi resistance

Cured epoxy 3 5 not fungi resistance

Mortars based on liquid glass

0 5 fungi

resistance 2 % sodium hydroxide

Binding glass alkaline 0 2 fungi

resistance

Portland cement stone 0 3 fungi

resistance

Cured epoxy 2 5 fungi

resistance The results obtained in the experiment show that the

maximum reduction of the bioresistance of materials occurs after exposure on them an aqueous solution of sulfuric acid. This fact can be explained by the fact that the weak acidic medium, in this

Page 82: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

82

case formed on the surface of materials, is the most appropriate for the development of microscopic fungi.

In order to identify potential biodistructors of binding materials of organic and inorganic after standing in air-dry conditions, there were conducted studies on determination the species composition of the microorganisms, that inhabit them. The task of research was an exposure of quantity of classes presented in the air space, which are capable to use the binders as sources of nutrition, as well as the identification of specific species - representatives of this kind.

During the work process were established classes and species of fungi, which inhabit on the samples of materials during their stay in air-dry conditions for three days, nine and twelve months after dialing of grade strength. The species composition of fungi shown in the Table 6.

Table 6

The species composition of fungal colonies, inhabiting binders

Title of material Types of fungus

General quantity of fungi types /

quantity of classes

1 2 3 After holding during 3 months in the air-dry conditions

Binding glass alkaline No fungi 0

Portland cement stone Aspergillus ustus 1/1

Gypsum

Aspergillus ustus, Penicillium nigricans, Mucor corticola, Chaetomium globosum, Verticillium nigrescens

5/5

Cured epoxy

Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus ustus, Penicillium nigricans, Mucor corticola

4/3

Page 83: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

83

Mortars based on liquid glass

No fungi 0

After holding during 9 months in the air-dry conditions

Binding glass alkaline

Aspergillus niger, Penicillium cyclopium, Penicillium claviforme, Penicillium notatum, Penicillium lanoso-griseum, Alternaria dianthi, Chaetomium globosum

7/4

Portland cement stone

Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Alternaria alternata, Alternaria dianthi, Penicillium notatum, Penicillium chrysogenum, Penicillium lanosum, Penicillium urticae, Penicillium puberulum, Gliocladium roseum

10/4

Gypsum

Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Aspergillus ustus, Aspergillus clavatus, Alternaria brassicae, Alternaria alternata, Cladosporium macrocarpum, Cladosporium elatum, Chaetomium globosum, Chaetomium dolichortrichum, Penicillium lanosum, Penicillium notatum, Penicillium nigricans

13/5

Page 84: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

84

Cured epoxy

Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus ustus, Penicillium lanosum, Penicillium notatum, Penicillium palitans, Penicillium urticae, Penicillium puberulum, Cladosporium macrocarpum, Mucor corticola, Mucor circinelloides

10/4

Mortars based on liquid glass

Aspergillus niger, три колонии бактерий

1/1

After holding during 12 months in the air-dry conditions

Binding glass alkaline

Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus ustus, Penicillium notatum, Penicillium claviforme, Penicillium cyclopium, Penicillium ochrochloron, Penicillium nigricans, Fusarium moniliforme, Cladosporium elatum

9/4

Portland cement stone

Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus ustus, Alternaria brassicae, Cladosporium elatum

4/3

Page 85: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

85

Gypsum

Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus ustus, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus clavatus, Aspergillus oryzae, Penicillium notatum, Cladosporium elatum, Fusarium sambucinum, Chaetomium dolichortrichum, Mucor corticola, Mucor circinelloides, Alternaria brassicae

12/7

Cured epoxy

Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus ustus, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus ruber, Penicillium notatum, Alternaria brassicae, Alternaria pluriseptata, Fusarium moniliforme, Cladosporium elatum

9/5

Mortars based on liquid glass

Aspergillus ustus, Aspergillus versicolor, Aspergillus fumigatus, Alternaria dianthi

4/2

Upon holding samples for 3 months on Portland cement stone

one type of fungus - Aspergillus ustus was found. On samples of gypsum stone – 5 types of fungi were found (Aspergillus, Penicillium, Mucor, Chaetomium, Verticillium) capable of growing on samples surfaces. Samples of solidified epoxide provided three types of fungi (Aspergillus, Penicillium, Mucor). As far as the quantity of fungi concerned it has increased upon holding for 9 months on the above surfaces in air-dry conditions.

Upon holding in normal conditions for 3 months on alkali binding glass and samples of building mortar based on liquid glass there were no fungus colony found. Although after 9 months the colonies were found but very few, underdeveloped and depressed.

Page 86: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

86

On above compositions the fungi appeared on samples’ impressions and on the medium next to samples.

After 12-month holding the overall number of fungi found on the above samples has increased. It should be noted that on surfaces of all compositions (except samples of building mortar based on liquid glass) we have found a few similar fungi: Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus ustus, Cladosporium elatum.

Results of performed experiments have also testified that even spores of microfungi available in the air of the room may settle on surfaces of construction materials and products and use those surfaces or polluted areas of those surfaces as a nutritious substrate. Settling on surfaces of construction materials and structures microorganisms along with destructive impact deteriorate environmental situation inside buildings and structures (cause a musty smell inside premises and give off toxic products, allergens) [13, 14]. Growing on materials, fungi produce a lot of spores and various waste products causing a number of serious diseases of a human being [first of all they are mycoses – damages by mycotic infection (for example aspergillosis, a diseases caused by Aspergillus)], that are difficult to diagnose and even more difficult to cure. It is also known that 50% of bronchial asthma diseases is associated with damage by micromycetes. They also cause penicilliosis that is accompanied by arthritis and inflammation of bones. That is why the fungi colonies growth harm not only to construction and industrial materials but also people who have contacted them. This once again emphasizes the necessity for a selective approach to the choice of construction materials when using these materials or taking measures, preventing or inhibiting the growth of microscopic organisms.

References

1. Bozhenov P.I. Technology of autoclaved materials / P.I. Bozhenov. – L. : Stroiizdat. Leningrad, 1978. – 367 p. 2. Toturbiev B.D. Building materials on the basis of silico-sodium cjmpositions / B.D. Toturbiev. – M. : Stroiizdat, 1988. – 155 p. 3. Merkin A.P., Zeifman M.I. Concretes and products on the basis of acid volcanic glasses // Slag-alkaline cements, concretes and constructions: Thesis of reports at all-union scientific conference. Kiev, 1979. P. 15-16.

Page 87: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

87

4. Kirilishin V.P. Cremeconcrete / V.P. Kirilishin. – Kiev.: Budevilnik, 1975. – 110 p. 5. Glukhovskiy V.D. Slag-alkaline concretes on fine-grain aggregates / V.D. Glukhovskiy. – Kiev. –High school, 1981. –223 p. 6. Kanevskaya I.G. Biological damage of industrial materials / I.G. Kanevskaya – L.: Nauka Leningrad, 1988.-230 p. 7. Varmylen M. Glass-recycling in Europa // Glass Technol. – 1985. – Vol. 20, № 3. P. 58-63. 8. Child P. Glass-recycling can be good business // Amer. Glass. Rev. – 1987. – Vol. 98. № 3. P. 6-9. 9. Hansen D. J., Tighe-Ford D. J., George G. C. Role the mycelium in the corrosive activity of Cladosporium resinae in dioso/water system // Int. Biodeterior. Bull. 1981. Vol. 17, № 4. P. 103-112. 10. Perfettini I. V., Revertegat E., Hangomazino N. Evaluation of the cement degradation induced by the metabolic products of two fungal strains // Mater. et Techn. 1990. № 78. P. 59-64. 11. Popescu A., Ionescu-Homoriceanu S. Biodeterioration aspects at a brick structure and bioprotection possibilities // Ind. Ceram. 1991. Vol. 11, № 3. P. 128-130. 12. Pirt S. J. Microbial degradation of sinthetic polimers // Chem. Technol. and Biotechnol. 1980. Vol. 30, № 4. P. 176-179.

Key words: Broken glass, binding mortars, concretes, bioresistance.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 88: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

88

Fomenko R. N.

The investigation of coated tools influence on the cutting process and the quality parameters of the parts

surface layer

Introduction

The main cause leading to breakdown of parts is fatigue cracks. Such cracks appear and propagate in thin surface layers of parts. In order to hamper crack growing, the surface layer has to exhibit certain features. They are: roughness, residual stress and strain hardening, which depend on the characteristics of cutting operation.

The cutting force, temperature of cutting, depth of wear hardening and degree of deformation are referring to the main characteristics of cutting operation. These characteristics influence on the parts quality, reliability and endurance. Technological conditions of cutting such as tools geometry, processing conditions, work material properties and tooling material properties, including tribological feathers, determine the characteristics of cutting process. Therefore there is a need to select optimal cutting conditions to provide the requirement parts quality. In order to select optimal cutting conditions, there is necessity to have a special methodic, which takes into consideration the relationship between parts quality and technological conditions.

Tasks of research

At the Rybinsk state of aviation technical university named

after P. A. Solovjev (Russia) there was developed the methodic, which permit to estimate the optimal cutting conditions. On the base of this methodic underlay a functional connection between cutting rate, tools geometry and the parameters of surface layer, accuracy of machining and the rigidity of manufacturing system, including work material and tool material properties.

But all advanced tools have wear-resistant coatings that exhibit specific properties. Wear-resistant coatings have low friction coefficient in consequence of weak adhesion interaction of

Page 89: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

89

covering material with work material. They influence on the cutting process and quality parameters of the surface layer. Tools coverings reduce chips contact length with tools surface, cutting force, temperature of cutting and deformation of cut allowance. It causes due to increasing of a chip flow angle.

Thus the main purpose of research was the creation of the methodology for calculation of technological conditions of turning, which provides required quality and accuracy levels at the stage of machining and takes into consideration the tribological properties of coated tools.

In order to provide both high parts quality and maximum tools life one should calculate so called «optimal cutting speed» vО. Optimal cutting rates (vО, SО) correspond to the optimal cutting temperature. It is constant magnitude for the define combination work – tool material [1]. When machining with this temperature, maximum tools lifetime, minimal roughness of machined surface Ra, minimal amount of surfaces defects have been occurred. Therefore these cutting rates should be used, when finishing work was performed for parts, which work in corrosive medium and high temperature, because the surface layer has to contain minimal amount of defects. For estimating of the optimal cutting speed the equation is obtained by prof. Silin S. S. [1]:

n

OO

Pz

cba

a

aCv

min

11

1

, (1)

where a1, b1 – is the thickness and the width of cut respectively [m]; а – is the coefficient of the temperature conductivity of the work material [m2/s]; сρ – is the specific heat capacity per unit volume [J/(m3 · s · degree)]; θ – is the temperature in the cutting area, °С; n, Co – are coefficients, which depend on the properties of work material; Pzmin – is a minimal stabilized cutting force [N].

But very often there is a need to select a cutting conditions, which differ from the optimal ones. Therefore the opportunity to estimate the technological conditions of turning with taking into consideration the tribological properties of coated tools, will provide the required quality and service properties of parts at the stage of machining. The analysis of the mathematical models for estimating of the parameters of cutting process and quality of the surface level has shown, that the more important variable quantities

Page 90: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

90

are the shear plane angle β1 and the adhesive component of the friction coefficient fM. Thus the main tasks of the scientific research were:

1. To investigate the influence of tribological characteristics of coated tools on cutting process and the parameters of surface layer.

2. To define optimal cutting speed for tools with different coatings.

Experimental conditions

The wide range of cutting rates, different work materials and coated tools were selected for performing of experiments.

In the capacity of tools were used the replaceable inserts 120412, material – VK6R (chemical composition: Co – 6%, basis – WC) and TT7K12 (chemical composition: Co – 12%, TiC – 1 %, TaC – 7%, basis – WC). The different composite nanolaminated ion-plasmous coatings were deposited on the replaceable inserts: (Ti;Si)N, (Ti,Si,Zr)CN and (Ti;Si;Al)N. Other group replaceable inserts was modified by implanting of nanoparticle TiB2, Al2O3, Ta2O3 and ZrB2 in work surface of tools. All selected coatings have been characterized by the minimal adhesive of the tools surfaces with work material, and also they have been provided maximum tools lifetime. The machining was performed by the regular engine lathe NH 22. The temperature was measured by means of a dynamic thermocouple of work material – tooling material. The normal component of a cutting force Pz was measured by using the tool dynamometer Dyna-Z, which was connected with personal computer (fig. 1). The tool dynamometer Dyna-Z is a self-sufficient measurement system, which can use without an additional power source, a tensometric station and DAQ board. And a precision measured signal can be shown and saved in a very useful for operator form [3].

Page 91: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

91

Fig. 1 The dynamometer Dyna-Z

Results and discussion

The experimental data of machinability investigation has been shown, that a cover of tool can reduce a temperature θ in a cutting area on 50-70 °С, and a cutting force Pz can be reduced on 10-30% (fig. 2).

Thus on the base of obtained power dependences, one can make an equation of machinability to estimate of optimal cutting speed vО for different combination work material – coated tool. The comparison of optimal cutting speed and friction coefficient for considered examples have been given on table 1.

The optimal cutting speed of coated tool exceeds the optimal cutting speed of uncoated tool. Then fewer the coatings friction coefficient, then bigger optimal cutting speed.

In order to estimate the influence of coated tools on the parameters of surface layer, one have to determine the influence of coated tools on a shear plane angle β1 or a criterion B. This criterion is one of the major parameter, which used for estimating of roughness, residual stress and strain hardening in the parts surface layer.

Page 92: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

92

Fig. 2 The dependence of a cutting force and temperature on cutting conditions and tools cover; work material – Stainless steel EK26; Tool material – carbide material VK6R; tools geometry: φ

= φ1 = 45°, γ = 8°; α = 7°, r = 1,2 mm; cutting rate: t = 1 mm; S = 0,32 mm/rev; nanostructured coatings of tool: VK6R (without

cover); (Ti;Si)N; (Ti;Si;Al)N; TiB2; Al2O3

Table 1

The comparison of optimal cutting speed and friction coefficient

Materials VK6R–

EK26 VK6R–EK26–

(Ti,Si)N VK6R–EK26–

Al2O3 Friction

coefficient fM

θ = 800 °С

0,44 0,35 0,16

vО [m/min], cutting rate t = 1 [mm];

S = 0,32 [mm/rev]

56 64 102

B = tg β1 – Is the quantity, which defines the degree of allowance plastic deformation and the deformation of parts surface layer. The

Page 93: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

93

quantity β1 was estimated by means of Tim’s I. A. formula using a chip reduction coefficient kа, which was determined experimentally [1]:

1

1

sin

)cos(

ak , (2)

where γ – is a cutting angle. On the base of experimental research the influence of

different technological conditions on the criterion В has been obtained. The quantity of shear plane β1 of coated tool increases approximately on 5-10 %. But experimental equations are limited by technological conditions of experiments and couldn’t be used for other conditions or other covers of tool. Therefore the methodology for estimating of a criterion B for other covers of tool has been developed. This methodology is based on the taking into consideration adhesive component of the friction coefficient fM of coated tool.

For determination of the friction coefficient the adhesiometer was used (fig. 3).

Fig. 3 The flow chart of one-ball adhesiometer; 1 – samples of the work material; 2 – indenter of the tool material; N – normal force, which impress the indenter [H]; F – peripheral force, which

roll the disc, [H]

It is known, that the friction coefficient:

MD fff , (3)

where fD – deformation component of the friction coefficient; fМ – adhesion (molecular) component of the friction coefficient:

Page 94: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

94

rN

RFfM

4

3, (4)

where R – radius of the disc, [m]; r – radius of the impress on the sample, [m]; N – normal force, [H]; F – peripheral force on the disc, [H].

Fig. 4 shows the friction coefficient, which was determined for different temperatures and combinations of work materials – coated indenter (pin).

Fig. 4 The influence of the temperature on a friction coefficient; work material – heat-resistant alloy EI437; tool

material – carbide material H10F; nanostructured coatings of indentor: H10F (without cover); (Ti;Si)N; (Ti;Si;Al)N;

TiB2; Al2O3

On the base of obtained results of experiments the

methodology for calculation of technological conditions of turning, which provides required quality and accuracy levels at the stage of machining and takes into consideration the tribological properties of coated tools, has been developed. The methodology can estimate technological conditions of turning and solve an inverse task – it can estimate roughness, residual stress and strain hardening. The algorithm for calculation of required technological conditions of turning was implemented in the software (fig.5).

Page 95: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

95

Fig. 5 The software for calculation of required technological

conditions of turning

In order to check the obtained mathematical models, the comparison of the experimental and calculated data was performed. The investigation of the parameters of surface layer has been performed on the machined parts “ring”. The conditions of turning of the parts “ring”: work material – stainless steel EK26; tool material – carbide material VK6R; tools geometry: φ = φ1 = 45°, γ = 8°; α = 7°, r = 1,2 mm; cutting rate: t = 0,75 mm; S = 0,2 mm/rev; nanostructured coatings of tool: (Ti;Si)N; (Ti;Si;Al)N.

The results of experiments (table 2) have been clearly shown, that coated tool reduces the magnitude of the roughness, residual stress and strain hardening in according with the magnitude of friction coefficient. The calculation of the parameters of the surface layer was performed by means of mathematical models presented in [2] and software. The parameters of the roughness Ra and Rz reduce on the average 5 %, therefore the main cause leading to the formation of the roughness are tools geometry, feed rate, vibration and so on, but not the cover of tool. The strain hardening reduces on 20 % as compared with uncoated tool.

In order to check our obtain data we have compared the experimental and calculated distribution diagrams of tangential residual stress. The using of coated tool leads to the considerable reduces of adverse tensile residual stresses.

The distribution diagrams of the tangential residual stress are shown on a fig. 6.

Opportunity to choose or

edit a function of friction

Page 96: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

96

Table 2

Experimental and calculated value of strain hardening hC and parameters of the roughness Ra and Rz

The experimental distribution diagrams of the tangential

residual stress was performed by means of methodology of layer-by-layer electrochemical etching. The using of coated tool leads to the considerable redaction of adverse tensile residual stress and its depth, the calculated data correlate with the experimental ones.

Fig. 6 The distribution diagrams of the tangential residual stressъ of machined part

Cover Calc.

Exp.

Δ, %

Calc.

Exp.

Δ, %

Calc.

Exp.

Δ,

%

Crit. В

Ra, mkm Rz, мкм hC

VK6R 1,84 1,42 29 8,4 6,8 23 37 50 26 0,95 (Ti;Si)N 1,53 1,35 13 7 6,3 11 34 40 15 1,02

(Ti;Si;Al)N 1,64 1,34 22 7,5 5,8 29 35 40 13 1,01

Page 97: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

97

Conclusion

1. The optimal cutting speed of coated tool exceeds the optimal cutting speed of uncoated tool; then less the coatings friction coefficient, then more optimal cutting speed.

2. The using of coated tool leads to the considerable redaction of adverse tensile residual stress and its depth.

References

1. S. S. Silin: Similitude method of cutting, Manufacturing, Moscow, 1979 2. V. F. Bezjazichnij: The method of similarity in manufacturing engineering, Manufacturing, Moscow, 2012 3. http://ooo-technolog.ru/

Keywords

Nanostructured coatings, machining, tool, turning, optimal cutting speed, cutting force, cutting temperature, parts surface layer, tools friction coefficient, residual stress, strain hardening, roughness.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 98: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

98

Gaisin R.R., Nikiforova А.V.

Open SaaS tool for visualization of data of MRT

Annotation This article covers open cross-platform SaaS tools for

visualization of medical data and data of МRТ in particular. A method of visualization of the model, based on application of polygonal grids is suggested.

Introduction

For the development of the direction of a telemedicine,

mobile medicine the set of appendices of mobile diagnostics, storage and display of data are created. Nowadays, in telemedicine and mobile medicine, much attention is paid to cloudy services. It is undoubtedly righteous, but if we consider the ways of graphic information displaying, then we can see that cloudy services transfer graphics with the help of video stream so that fast display of difficult graphic elements depends on the quality of the Internet connection . Nevertheless we have decisions in the market, but all of them are presented as game platforms. The set of tools is excessive as it is focused on the solution of other tasks.

Problem definition

It is to realize free open cross-platform service of

visualization of medical data, in particular MRT data. The service is now represented by a set of open libraries for

development of algorithms of 3D visualization of data and optimization of existing algorithms, as well as a set of visual components for displaying of data of MRT in 3D and for manipulation.

Choice of Standard

For correct interpretation of entering data and its processing

the standard DICOM 3.0 has been chosen. DICOM is the industry

Page 99: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

99

standard of creation, storage, transfer and visualization of medical images and documents of the surveyed patients. There is a set of the diagnostic equipment at scientific centers, laboratories which don't support international standards of transfer and storage of data in Russia. For similar diagnostic devices I develop the adjusted converter on the basis of the DICOM standard.

Cross-platform decision

For achievement a platform independent display the

technological kernel with the design (temporary) name 3DREALM was taken as a basis. 3DREALM - a technological kernel for high-realistic three-dimensional dynamic modeling of imitating multilarge-scale spaces. 3DREALM is a package of high-level libraries of classes in the ActionScript 3 language which can be used in Flash (ver.CS5 above) and Flex (ver.3.5 or above).It also includes fragments of code at C++, compiled in AdobeAlchemy. Topmost and shader programs are realized mainly in the low-level AGAL language, and also in similar HLSL language as a part of a PixelBender package.

In particular for realization of a method of visualization of models smoothing functions are used: • swf.mesh_moveTo (reconstructedMesh, newVector3D(0,0,0)) • swf.mesh_uniteVertices(reconstructedMesh) ipostroyeniyapoligonalnoysetka: • swf.buildMesh(this.some.verts,Vector.<uint> (this.some.indices), this.some.uvs) where components are, respectively, a vector of coordinates of tops of model, the vector of indexes which is responsible for correct connection of tops, and a vector of textures.

The algorithm of creation of a 3D model was developed for a triangulation of data of MRT presented on cuts. Also known methods of a triangulation of the alternative algorithms given for granting were realized, such as : triangulation Delon, a method of marching cubes.

Resulting points for each platform were calculated and normalized according to maximal rate, on the assumption of the following ratio:

Rating = ∑ pluses - ∑ minuses + (Number of frames per one second) + 100 / (Dimension of Scene in Mb) + (Refinement of a scene).

Page 100: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

100

Fig. 1 An 3D platform’s feature comparison table

Page 101: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

101

Algorithm of creation of three-dimensional treelike model on a collection of the cuts received as a result of MRT

This algorithm is based on application of a method of the

image of a polygonal field in which the object is represented in the form of set of primitives - polyhedrons, and a surface of each of them, in turn, from the rectangles forming the closed tape, and two face polygons.

Besides, Zhizherya of P.V. in the article "Methods and Algorithms of 3-D Models Creation on Cuts" [1] also recommends to apply a method of a polygonal field if the form of a contour is wrong and is closer to a polygon that is peculiar for the objective. To image such polygonal field orthogonal projection is applied , which is effective with the help of computing, and it is acceptable from the consumer point of view. The principle of MRT cuts collection processing was also used in the algorithm , which is described in the work of Ivanov V.P. and Batrakov A.S. "Three-dimensional computer graphics" [2] according to which a three-dimensional object is represented in the form of a pile of the generalized vertical cylinders put at each other.

The developed algorithm has possibility of restoration of three-dimensional model of the object being studied, which is located parallel to the tryomosnovny projective planes, accepted in medicine: Sagittalny (OXZ), frontal (OYZ) and axial (OXY), with the help of using of conformable matrix of transition from "real" system of coordinates to "working", which is represented as the axial plane. The projective plane is determined by a normal vector of the plane constructed on any three points of one of cuts of model.

So, for example, the normal vector of the axial Oxy plane looks like (0,0, const), sagittalny Oxz-(0, const, 0), frontal Oyz-(const, 0,0), respectively.

One of the main advantages of algorithm is visualization of three-dimensional not-convex object on a collection of parallel cuts, to each of which different quantity of tops corresponds.

In the course of realization of algorithm there has appeared a number of problems which were solved the following:

1. Connection of two cuts with various quantity of points. Let's designate a cut with the greatest number of points as cut1, and with the smallest, respectively, as cut2. At first we consider all

Page 102: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

102

points of cut2, for each we choose the closest edge of cut1, remembering thus compliance of tops. Then we consider the remained edges of a cut1 and for each we choose the closest top of a cut2 adjacent to it, remembering thus its compliance of tops. The final stage is restoring of missing sides according to the received list of compliances, from which a top of a cut1 is chosen and tops of a cut1 adjacent to it are looked for. As a result each similar three of tops forms a triangulated side.

2. Branching realization - connection of cuts like "one to many", "many to many". This problem is solved by means of an additional cut, which is located between initial cuts equally spaced from each of cut groups and is constructed with pairing of set of cuts through points of their centers of masses. In the course of creation of an auxiliary cut the special vector is created the components of which are copies of the cuts, taking part in the procedure of integration. To each cut of this vector corresponding centers of masses are added. The additional cut plays a role of the intermediary and is connected with initial cuts as follows:

• with the only cut as "one to one" • for connection with group of cuts the special vector which

each cut connects as "one to one" to the corresponding cut from a set of the initial is used.

3. Triangulation of cuts. The contour of not-convex cut breaks into convex contours, each of which then pass a triangulation which results unite in uniform result.

The triangulation of a convex cut consists in processing of a vector of indexes of the tops which have been written down as their sequential numbering of a cut:

1) If the considered vector contains odd quantity of tops, then you can move to point 2, in an opposite case - to point 3. If the contour consists from 3 tops, it is considered a triangulated side and indexes of its tops just added to a total vector of a triangulation of model.

2) We unite tops in groups on three and each time we move to 2 positions in a vector, keeping thus the first tops of each similar group a especially auxiliary vector which is processed similarly, since point 1 (thus the last top of an initial vector is considered the first top of group and also it is added in an auxiliary vector). The auxiliary vector is being updated and processed every time until it contains the <=3 component. If the length of the auxiliary vector

Page 103: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

103

becomes equal to three, it is entirely added to the total vector of triangulation. The result of triangulation is received groups of indexes, which are added to the total vector of a triangulation of model.

3) We add the first component to the end of its vector and further we process it according to point 2, except for processing of an auxiliary vector – in which before processing it is necessary to remove the last element.

The example of work of algorithm is represented in fig. 2.

Fig. 2 Example of work of algorithm: realization of connection of several cuts

Development prospects

Prospects of development of the project I see so in

application of developed API for realization of my own methods of visualization and use of tools for display of data of MRT, as in creation of a simulator of virtual surgery and creation of model of a living tissue. The realizing tools gives an opportunity to create a training material, to carry out trainings and control of knowledge being trained. Thus, the prospect of realization of production in training centers, universities for training of students, and also for professional development of doctors is possible.

Conclusions

Received SaaS tools allow to process data in accordance

with the international DICOM 3.0 standard, and to transfer own

Page 104: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

104

format to the chosen standard of service if necessary. The tools allow to use the realized algorithms, and also using API systems to realize the own. Result of work of the chosen algorithm is cross-platform three-dimensional display of data of a tomography.

Bibliography

1) Zhizherya P. V. Methods and algorithms of creation of a 3D model on cuts. 2) Ivanov V.P., Farm laborers A.S.Three-dimensional computer graphics / Under the editorship of G. M. Polishchuk. M: Radio and communication, 1995. — 224 pages.

Keywords

SaaS, tomography, DICOM (DigitalImagingandCommunicationsinMedicine), cross-platform 3D display, a technological kernel, visualization of data, a triangulation, visualization on cuts, ActionScript, AGAL, Flex, 3D.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 105: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

105

Gallyamov A.R., Nenashev M.V., Ibatullin I.D.

Advanced Technologies, Properties and Usage of Nanostructured Coatings

Application of different kinds of coatings is one of the most

effective ways to solve the problems of increasing exploitation characteristics of products. The scientists of Samara State Technical University do research work in the field of wear-resistant powder coatings by detonation.

Detonation sputtering- is a technology of applying coatings by using the energy of gas explosion for heating and dispersing of powder material. The principle scheme of detonation installation is given in Figure 1.

Fig. 1. Schematic diagram of the detonation unit: 1 - acetylene 2 -

nitrogen; 3 - powder giving; 4 - spark plug; 5 - target pipe; 6 – oxygen.

The process is cyclic. During each cycle (shot) the gas

mixture enters combustion chamber, measured amount of powder is put into the bore, and then detonation of gas mixture is initiated by a spark. The explosion energy heats and disperses powder particles in the direction to the processed part, and hits melted particles into the surface providing uniform and hard coating structure with properties similar to those of monolithic materials. During the shot, depending on the composition of gas mixture, the velocity of particles exceeds the acoustic velocity achieving 420m/s -1300m/s and more, and the temperature achieves the

Page 106: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

106

melting points of powder materials and the part itself 1500-2500°C [1].

The process of material melting is accompanied by micro-welding, so the powder strongly attaches the part surface (on the molecular level). The required thickness of the coating is increased by a series of successive shots.

Investigations of tribological properties of hard and super-hard materials from leading manufacturers (Sandvik Coromant and others) showed that when tested in accordance with DIN 50 330 the reduction in the size of the carbide phase in solid tungsten alloys in three times (from 3 mm to 1 mm) increases the hardness of the alloy up to 2.5 times and the resistance of the material to dry abrasion in 5 ... 70 times, and to wet abrasion - up to 22 times.

Brittle fracture of carbide coatings also strongly depends on the size of -phase and develops through the formation and fusion of intra-crystalline fragile fractures along the crystallographic slip planes, as well as due to tough shear fracture of -phase. Decrease in grain size and cobalt content in solid alloys causes the reducing of intermediate layers between the grains of carbide phase and, therefore, reduces the intensity of the tough fracture of -phase. Therefore, the fatigue resistance of fine-grained alloys exceeds almost in two times the resistance of coarse-grained alloys. Further reduction to sub-microns and milli-microns creates materials with qualitatively new properties.

The scientists of Samara State Technical University do research work to decrease the thickness of cobalt bond between hard particles and to increase abrasive resistance of the coating by using a powder mixture of WC-12 and Al2O3 (corundum). Due to a higher melting temperature of alumina compared with cobalt, during the explosion melted cobalt is broken by still solid, lighter and faster particles of corundum. Cobalt, initially contained only in powder WC-12, becomes binding both for tungsten carbide and for dispersed particles of Al2O3 in a derived coating (Fig. 2). As a result, in the coating the average thickness of the cobalt binder between grains decreases from 200...500 mm, up to 50...100 nm, which significantly increases the shock strength and resistance of the coating to abrasive wear. The results of comparative tribotechnical tests and nanostructured carbide coatings are shown in Table 1.

Page 107: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

107

Fig.2 Micro-and nanostructure of the composite coatings: 95% Al2O3+5% WC-Co(12%)

Table 1

Comparison of the resistance of coatings to abrasion

№/the

powder Al2O3 WC-Co (12%) UDP

Wear rate micron / hour

1 - 100% - 250 2 5% 75% 20% 270 3 95% 5% - 400 4 20% 80% - 550 5 5% 95% - 660 6 100% - - 720 7 80% 20% - 840 8 50% 50% - 845

The analysis of the tribological properties of coatings

demonstrates a promising use of composite coatings to increase the load bearing capacity of ceramic coatings based on Al2O3 (corundum), which has a large sector of usage in industry.

Research studies have shown the possibility of additional hardening of coating material by adding the ultrafine diamond powder (UDP) as a filler composition. Tests have shown the increasing strength properties of the material in the WC-12 (75%)+Al2O3 (5%) + UDP(20%) in 30% in comparison with the same coating without adding UDP.

Page 108: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

108

One of the most affordable managed technological factors affecting the quality of the detonation coatings is the filling coefficient of combustion chamber with the gas mixture, which is the coefficient of the total gas consumption for one cycle to the total volume of a bore and a mixing chamber. In this regard, the search for a rational bore filling coefficient has been conducted. For tests the samples were made (plates of steel 45), which were covered with coatings WC-12 (50 shots), with the filling coefficient of the combustion chamber (in %) 49, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90. Mechanical and tribological properties were studied with the help of these samples, the results of the tests are shown in Table 2. While investigating changes of bore filling coefficient with a gas mixture it was noticed that wear rate function, micro-hardness, the molar energy of plastic deformation and adhesion of the coating to the part have their extreme values when the coefficient is 70%. When filling coefficient of the chamber with a gas mixture rises from 49 to 70% almost linear increase of the molar energy of plastic deformation is observed caused by the accumulation of explosive energy in the form of stored energy in plastic deformation of applied particles (hardening of the particles is confirmed by the growth of micro-hardness). Upon reaching the critical value of stored energy (corresponding to the extreme level) coating material becomes very hard, but brittle. The relationship between the molar energy of plastic deformation and wear rate indicates that the leading mechanism of wear coating has a fatigue nature.

Analysis of the microstructure showed that while the bore filling coefficient with a gas mixture is 49%, the coating is not dense (porous), with visible boundaries between the individual particles, which may be due to insufficient heating and acceleration of particles by spraying powder. When the filling coefficient rises, the density and uniformity of the location of tungsten carbide grains increases. When the filling coefficient is 60%, the boundary between particles almost disappears and the strength of adhesion of the coating with a base shear is installed near a peak 25 MPa.

Page 109: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

109

Table2 Results of the evaluation of mechanical and tribological properties

of detonation coatings WC-12

Factor filling camera, %

49 55 60 70 80 90

Microhardness kgf/mm2

1200 1300 1600 1550 1530 1500

Molar energy of plastic

deformation, kJ/mol

150 165 175 190 175 170

Wear rate, m/h 50 55 58 85 65 60 Strength of

adhesion of the coating to the

base shear, MPa

10 15 20 25 23 21

High strength and adhesive properties of detonation coatings

can be used in restoration of punching and rolling tool. In mechanical engineering detonation coatings are widely used for repairing worn spindles, worn installation necks of various shafts. In the electro-technical industry detonation ceramic coating is widely used as an insulating material. The range of workpieces continuously expands, and the methods and equipment for detonation sputtering are continuously updated, providing new perspectives and spheres for this technology.

Among different types of functional coatings, anti-friction and anti-wear coatings are the most common, designed to harden, improve durability, reduce friction and recover machines parts of friction. To the present time, over 80% of technologies that allow to get surfaces of high quality are based on the "classical" methods, the most promising among them is electroplating [2-3]. The advantages of electroplating are high coating quality, sediments preparation of various structure and thickness on metallic and non-metallic products, coating depositions with a wide range of properties, obtaining metal alloys of different composition and phase structure without the use of high temperatures, the development of new types of coatings, etc. Today it is a very

Page 110: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

110

urgent problem to improve the service life of the expensive apparatus, equipment and tool at increased wear. One of the most promising solution of this problem is to apply highly effective protective coatings at joint deposition of ultrafine diamonds (UD) and metals in the course of their chemical or electrochemical recovery from the water solutions. UD used are particles similar in shape to spherical or oval. Nowadays they are more often called "nanodiamonds." Every part of the nanodiamond consists of a set of individual diamond crystals 5...7 nm. These particles can form sedimentationally and coagulationally stable systems in electrolytes. In this case, the UD combine the properties of one of the hardest substances in nature with reactive membrane as functional groups capable to participate in the chemical and electro-chemical processes.

Silver coatings remain the most widely used among the antifriction coatings in modern industry. In addition to this, chrome coatings are applied for strengthening coatings of parts working in the abrasive environments at high loads. In the laboratory of nanostructured coatings of Samara Technical University it is worked out a technology of strengthening anti-frictional chrome-diamond coatings on the details of friction with the use of cluster materials.

The main feature of this new technology is that the suspension of ultra-dispersive diamonds with a particle size of about 10 nm, at a concentration of 15-20 g/l is added to standard electrolytes. Chrome diamond coating has micro-hardness (1500 kgf/mm2), which is three times higher the hardness of shear steel and twice the hardness of the chromium coatings without nano-structured supplements. The coating has a strong adhesion with a part (for steel part adhesion coating gap reaches 45...50 kgf/mm2), a high surface finish (Ra = 0,2 mm) and a low coefficient of friction, which reduces the temperature in the friction zone and creates anti-gland effect. Chrome diamond coating ensures a reliable operation of parts at normal, high and shear loads.

The use of the UD in the application of protective coatings, in comparison with the standard galvanic technology, allows to increase the resource of parts in 2.0...4.5 times. According to this technology coatings can be applied to products with a complex profile.

Experiments showed that the wear resistance of nano-

Page 111: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

111

structured chrome-diamond coatings exceeds the wear resistance of traditional chromium coatings (without UD) in 6 times, and the coatings of titanium nitride in 1.5 ... 2 times. The main advantage of using the UD is also a significant increase of the scattering power of the electrolyte. The physical mechanism of increasing the technological and operational characteristics of chrome diamond coatings is due to a high physical and chemical activity and low inertia of UD, thereby, the efficiency of mass transfer increases and there appears the opportunity to work at high current densities up to 600 A/dm2.

Fig. 5. Comparative analysis of the durability of chrome diamond coatings.

Comparative analysis of the durability of chrome diamond

coatings (Fig. 5) showed its significant advantages compared with traditional wear resistant coatings based on titanium compounds (titanium nitride, titanium-aluminum). This technology in the application of protective coatings has been successfully applied to improve the life of the tool: shaped, circular and hobs, drills, drill bits, taps, dies, tooling for deep cold drawing of metals, as well as various kinds of molds.

Also in the laboratory of nano-structured coatings of Samara State Technical University a resource-rising technology and computerized equipment for use nano-running, anti-friction silver coatings in noncyanic electrolytes containing ultrafine diamonds are developed. Deposition of coatings is produced by asymmetric alternating current with a variable coefficient of asymmetry that will ensure the coating with a positive gradient of mechanical

Page 112: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

112

properties. Current frequency is chosen according to the application conditions of monoatomic layer coating for one (cathodic) half wave to reduce a defective coating. The installation can automatically control the electrolysis according to a program with a choice of different forms of current (DC, AC, pulsed, asymmetric, etc.) and generate pulses with varying steepness and varying frequency with an adjustable asymmetry coefficient. Microstructure of gradient silver-diamond coating is shown in Figure 6.

Fig. 6. Microstructure of gradient silver-diamond coating

The main advantages of the technology are: increase wear

resistance of coatings (silver-diamond coatings in 1.5...2.5 times increases the resistance of traditional silver coatings), eliminate the effect of the "human factor" and increase productivity by automating the process of the coating and the possibility of using high current densities; bearing capacity of friction parts, silver-coated diamond coating up to 130 MPa (thickness 20 mm), reduce the harm of production due to the lack of free cyanide in silver plating electrolyte, increase the strength of adhesion to the раrt (60 MPa "Peeling"), increase of in-running properties of the coating by the creation of a positive gradient of mechanical properties, low coefficient of friction equal to 0.016, this technology also gives low porosity and high corrosion resistance.

Page 113: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

113

Bibliography

1. Bartenev S.S., Fedko Y.P., Grigorov A.I. Detonational coating in engineering. Mashinostroenie, Leningrad, Leningrad. Dept., 1982. 215p., IL; 2. Shluger M.A. Electroplating in engineering. Handbook. V.1. Mashinostroenie, 1985.-240p; 3. Ivanov A.F. Electroplating to master. - Moscow, Metallurgy, 1990. - 208p.

Keywords

Hard alloy, ceramic, chrome-diamond coatings, silver-diamond coatings, ultra-dispersive diamonds, asymmetrical alternating current, gradient coatings.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 114: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

114

Garanin M. A. Blinkova S. A.

Control of adequacy of traction power supply system model

One of the priority tasks of "Power strategy of Russian Railways holding company for the period till 2015 and on prospect till 2030" is full and reliable power security of the transportation process [1].

Adequacy of model of traction power supply system (TPSS) - compliance between rated results and actual processes in TPSS - is very important when calculating railway power security. In research work [2] the value of a power consumption W controlled by devices of Automated system of the accounting of electric energy (ASAEE) at a traction substation is chosen as this parameter.

To work out procedures of adequacy increase of results of calculation of indicators of load capacity of TPSS researches have been carried out using the following parameters: currents of feeders of traction substations and temperatures of heating contact network wires. Control of operation adequacy was estimated by comparison of actual (really observed parameters) and rated values of these parameters.

Increase of adequacy of calculation of the TPSS model, can be achieved by application of additional parameters (fig. 1) in the unit of adequacy control, namely:

1) current loadings of feeders of a contact network; use of this parameter is possible by taking off data from DPAEF devices (digital protection and automatic equipment of feeders), installed at traction substations;

2) tension levels on bars of traction substations, use of this parameter is possible by taking off data from DPAEF devices;

3) temperatures of contact network wire heating measured by TPCN devices (thermal protection of a contact network).

It's extremely important that taking off these parameters is technically simpler. Moreover, these parameters allow to provide higher extent of sampling (1 sec. and over) that is significantly higher than ASAEE data (30 min.).

Creation of the train schedule on the basis of the analysis of current loadings of feeders of a contact network will allow system optimizing. Determination of the train weight in a model is carried

Page 115: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

115

out using amplitude of peak values of current loading at the time of traction substation passing. Thus the error in creation of the schedule on the basis of current loadings of feeders of a contact network in comparison with the schedule received from system “GID Ural”, is less than 0,5%.

Data on the actual level of currents of feeders of traction substations are suggested to be taken off DPAEF devices (digital protection and automatic equipment of feeders) or UPCL (unit of remote control of parameters of current loading of feeders of a contact network). The carried-out comparison of the actual current loading and average current loading in 30 min., used to definition electric energy consumption on a section shows advantage of use of data on current loadings of feeders of a contact network: peaks of current loading are traced, sampling of data from DPAEF, UPCL devices is 0,3 sec.

To increase the accuracy of calculation of power security we offer to use addition data on temperature of contact network wire heating measured by the device TPCN (thermal protection of a contact network), developed by Grigoriev V. L. [3]. The device enables to control temperature of a contact suspension bracket (fig. 2).

Page 116: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

116

Fig. 1 Model of traction power supply system

Fig. 2 TPCN unit

Page 117: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

117

Technical implementation of receiving data on the actual level of currents of feeders of traction substation from DPAEF devices was carried out at a traction substation of the Kuibyshev infrastructure management.

Conclusion

1. To work out a procedure of results specification

calculation on the basis of adaptation of rated and actual parameters of TPSS operation we offer to use such parameters as: currents of feeders of traction substations and temperature of contact network wire heating. Control of operation adequacy is estimated by comparison of actual (really observed) and rated values of these parameters.

2. We suggest TPSS model using train schedule formation on the basis of analysis of current loadings of feeders of a contact network. Determination of train weight in a model is carried out on amplitude of peak values of current loading at the time of train passing traction substation. The peak of current loading in the middle of level of 50% from its amplitude range is used as a mark of train passing.

3. Technical realization of taking off data from devices of digital protection and automatic equipment of feeders and thermal protection of a contact network is presented.

Bibliography

1. Power strategy of Russian Railways holding company for the period till 2015 and on prospect till 2030 of December 15, 2011 No. 2718r. 2. Mitrofanov A. N. Modeling of processes of forecasting and management of a power consumption of traction of trains: Monograph. Samara: SamGAPS, 2005. – 174 p. 3. Grigoriev V. L. Ignatyev V. V. Thermal processes in devices of traction power supply: Study guide for higher education institutions of railway transport. – M. GOU “Educational and Methodical Center of Training on Railway Transport”, 2007. – 182 p.

Page 118: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

118

Keywords

System of traction power supply, power security, model, adequacy of calculation, current loading, feeder of a contact network, schedule, temperature, digital protection, thermal protection.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 119: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

119

Gorodkov Alexander Vasilievich, Timko Ivan Aleksandrovich

A study of effectiveness of noise protection measures in the territory of the residential areas (on the example of the city.

Bryansk)

Creation of optimal environment in the parks of various functional purposes is a very important task in their designи construction and operation. The formation of conditions, maximally close to the natural, requires the provision of the required purity of the air and maintenance of acoustic comfort within the regulatory requirements as well as the best climatic conditions corresponding to the sanitary and town-planning criteria. An essential indicator of comfort environment of mass leisure places are high aesthetic quality. Education uncomfortable areas and increasing the areas that do not meet the requirements of sanitary norms in relation to the most important environmental factors has resulted in a significant number of cases, the inability to use the individual functional areas of various categories of parks for its intended purpose quiet rest organization of children's leisure, etc. This alarming growing tendency is characteristic for the majority of large and the largest cities of the country.

Studies conducted in recent years show that in the Central parts of large parks (50 ha and more), occupying about half of the entire area, there is a lack of negative influence of the city of technogenic environment. For the parks with a smaller area 10 to 30 hectaresа) locatedя as a ruleо in the unfavorable ecological situationк an area with the lack of effect of the uncomfortable factors is reduced significantly and may reach 20 to 25% and in the more small parks 5 ha or lessе the entire area of the territory may be in conditions of anthropogenic impact. Interestingly, for the Park's systems with a small area of land plots 5... 10 hectares or lessе at the low degree of influence that serve the environment protection landscaping of the natural formation of the permanent background pollution of environment a sufficiently high level 50 to 55 DBA in the acoustic background. Very important is the fact that the parameters of the background pollution of may lie within the permissible limitsо approaching the threshold of the MPC and the remote control. From the hygienic point of view in this case are formed relatively stable concentrations of pollution, on large areas

Page 120: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

120

of periodic chronic pollution levels. No less complex in ecological and hygienic respect of the situation in respect of small doses and levels of noise pollution 45...50 DBAА the territories of the Park arrays. Indefinite forecast on the possible effects on human health in social groups at higher risk of morbidityт as well as the General lack of study of problems in the health-and-hygienic aspect requires to some extent change the traditional point of viewи according to which of the environmental protection measures may not be provided in the casesя if the factors of discomfort does not exceed the norm. It is important to take into account that the quality of the environment in Park areas of the residential areas of large cities, where they spend their leisure time almost all groups of the population, is characterized by level of pollution of 40%) and almost everywhere - level «low» doses (60%). It is obvious that such a situation is quite natural, since the territory of the Park's arrays are an integral part of the urban infrastructure, the quality of which is largely reduced and in most cases is beyond the health criteria. Said with a sufficient degree of credibility justifies the need for the improvement of the system of designing of the natural elements of the Park's systems that are able to form an active interest in the complex protection and conservation activities.

Improvement of health and the General town-planning of the effectiveness of the Park arrays is a fairly complex task. Considering here only aspect of the problem, it should be stressed that the location of most of the parks in the structure of large cities is not conducive to the creation on their territories comfortable, enhancing environment. The negative influence to a large extent subject to the parks by technogenic factors - external and internal acoustic discomfort, as well as the atmospheric pollution of the territories of areas of transport highways and trains distribution of contaminated air from stationary industrial sources, etc.

The General environmental situation is characterized as a various degree of individual factors, as well as numerous variants of their combined action. In some cases (up to 20% according to field observations) technogenic factors act together with adverse natural phenomena. The latter should include mode, contributing to the increase of the degree of environment.

To date, the study of the acoustic background in the 18 sites in the city of Bryansk, adjacent to the main transport highways. All objects belong to the green areas and the places of rest. The

Page 121: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

121

measurements were carried out in January - March 2013., when the influence of the vegetation to reduce the noise level has been reduced to a minimum. Area of objects does not exceed 3 ha, the majority of them had an area of less than 1 ha and were stretched out along the road. As a consequence, practically on all objects of the noise level exceeded the remote control throughout the territory. The two of them was also exceeded the threshold level of noise (70 dB), that speaks about the necessity of the adoption of noise protection measures.

In the summer of 2013 it is planned to conduct a re-measurement of the acoustic background in the same facilities with a view to identifying the role of green plantings in the reduction of the acoustic background.

The formation of the comfort zone by a factor of noise. This complex data on efficiency of the large green areas КЗММ allows you to trace the basic regularities of the formation of acoustic climate in the Park areas 55. For this purpose select the most unfavorable location of the plotа which is subject to intense noise pollution from four sides figure 11. The initial noise level (on the border of the territory) is 70...75 dBA, which roughly corresponds to the volume of traffic in the 1800 - 3000 authors/h Suggested also that the plot of the Park of the array, which has a square in the plan configuration, the area of 15 hectares, «isolated» sites that serve the environment protection landscaping. Practically the whole territory of the Park area) may be in discomfort acoustic conditions, despite the existence of buffer areas that serve the environment protection landscaping of the effectiveness of which in this case should be considered insufficient. Significant territorial increase in the comfortable area (up to 15...20%) is observed with a total area of not less than 25 hectares, which is inefficient in the conditions of the city. Bryansk, since most of the parks and squares does not exceed 1 - 2 ha.

Page 122: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

122

Figure 1. Formation of zones by a factor of noise pollution 1 - direction of the noise factor; 2 - zone of exceeding maximum

permissible levels of noise (remote control); 3 - предпороговая area with noise levels of 50 to 55 DBA; 4 - zone of the remote control unit; 5 - transitional area from the levels of the 45...50

DBA; 6 - comfort zone

From all the above said we can make a conclusion that at the present time in the city. Bryansk there is virtually no sound insulation in the places of mass rest, that speaks about the necessity of how improvements that serve the environment protection landscaping, and the introduction of additional measures to reduce the noise-protection area, which lies in the zone of acoustic discomfort, with the possible redevelopment of the areas adjacent to pipelines.

The bibliographic list

1. Denisov, VLADIMIR. Ecology of the city [text]/ V.V. Denisov, A.. Kurbatova. - Rostov-on-don: 2008. - 831 with.: table. 2. Novikov, VN. Ecology. Urbanization. Life [text]/ VN. Novikov. - M.; 2002.- 326 with. 3. Тетиор, A.N. Urban ecology [text]/ N.. Тетиор. - M.; 2006. - 330. 4. Campuses. A.V. Design that serve the environment protection of planting of greenery in the system of improvement of экосреды Park arrays [text]/ A.. Campuses. - БГИТА. - Bryansk, 1999, № 2. - with. 111 - 117.

Page 123: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

123

Keywords

Noise, noise, noise pollution, acoustic comfort, acoustic discomfort, traffic intensity, sound insulation, comfort zone, средозащитное gardening, trucking highway.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 124: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

124

Kamoshenkov A.R.

The Raising of antiswarm bees in hives with 16 honeycombs

frames In order to get more profit the beekeepers use advanced

methods of beekeeping which provide keeping strong and highly productive bee colony [1].

Bee colonies that grew tens of thousands of workers and which are in antiswarm condition at the beginning of honey getting produce a lot of honey and by products.

In technology of modern beekeeping antiswarm bees are widely used to keep bee colonies in working condition [2].

These antiswarm bees allow to have additional bees and streng then bee colonies before honey getting.

In hives the antiswarm bees are placed behind the partition off place, which divides the hives into two parts or are placed in a different hive [3].16 honey combs frame warm hive with industrial extension place (Belorussia variant) is widely used in Smolensk region Russian Federation.

Warm front and back hive walls allow the bees to have in a broad nest necessary temperature with less feed. In such conditions bee colonies grew quicker. The whole broad nest is available at work.

Winter stay of bees in such condition is quite comfortable, that’s why it’s not necessary to provide special winter housing and placing hives there or covering hives with special material for winter. Never the less the given hive doesn’t have enough space to separate it into different parts for keeping antiswarm bees and to use it in a different ways.

We advise to use an extension piece which contains 14 standard frames 435x300 mm. It is made in accordance with (drawing 1, 2). The wooden parts of the extension piece are made of a pine tree, a fir tree, a silver tree, cedar, a lime tree, an asp. Its humidity must not be than 15%.Each wall of the extension piece is made of two or three boards connected in pin, and then we water proof glue and knock together with the help of nails.

Page 125: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

125

Drawing 1- Extension piece on a standard broad nest frame (side view, from above view)

Drawing 2 - Connection of the walls of the extension piece

Page 126: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

126

The bottom made of wood fiber plate is nailed the right side inside. The outside wall is treated with during oil and painted in white, dark blue, yellow, blue and other light colours.

The extensive piece is placed on the hive and is used when antiswarm bees are formed. The method of antiswarm bees formation has peculiarities (RU 2275799).It is aimed at getting bees with fertile queens and less expenditures and is based on laying queens by bees in a bee colony without a queen. If 3-4 queens are left in a colony, the bees preserve the best queen and the rest are destroyed [4].

The antiswarm bee is formed from bee colonies that occupy 10-12 frames way in this case.

Four frames with a queen and bees are placed on the extension piece. Then a frame with honey, perga and honey combs placed there too. The main bee colony must have additional bee entrance aside. All flying bees are placed on frames. In a week the bee colony is examined and the extension piece is divided with the partition of place into two parts with independent bee entrances. There must bee several queens in each part. Usually the bee colony has 6 queens. Then 2 frames with dryness are located in each part. In 3 weeks one must see if there are new adult bees. Then we continue our work taking into consideration young queens and the necessity in them and technology applied.

Bee colonies without queens are connected. Then if the bee colony after laying queens is not divided into two parts it is as rule comes in a swarm condition. As experiments showed, application of extension piece on a standard frame allowed to in crease the hive size for 16 frames, to place antiswarm bees there, to get in the main bee colony about two fertile queens of good quality.

The problem of swarm prevention is solved as well as the problem of getting and placing fertile queens into antiswarm bees.

Labor expenditure in the bee garden is decreased. The beekeeper way visit bee garden only once a week in 5-6 days.

Bibliography

1. Beekeeper textbook – Edition 4 th, M «Kolos» 1970, pp. 3-7 2. Serbina P.S. Beekeeper ABC. Perm, Perm book Publishing House.1968 – p.256

Page 127: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

127

3. Shabarshov I.A.,Rodionov V.V. Bee garden near your house. – M. Sveola NPKP «Extreme», 1993., pp.250-254. 4.Advice to a beebkeeper . M.F.Shemetkov., V.I.Golovanov., M.M. Cockevoy 3 th. Edition «Urogai», 1991.,pp.111-142

Key words

Bee garden, a hive for 16 frames increase in size, extensive piece, antiswarm bees, method, peculiarities, fertile queens, quality, industrial experience, labour expenditure

<Translated from Russian>

Page 128: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

128

Khudokormov A.A., Karaseva E.V., Samkov A.A., Volchenko N.N., Karasev S.G.

Oil-destructive phytostimulating

biopreparation

The only ecologically safe way to clean up oil-contaminated soil is bioremediation - using of biological products based on microorganisms that use hydrocarbons as a source of carbon and energy. Biopreparations are widely used for any type of oil spills cleaning up. Today, a number of biological preparations is developed, such as, "Putidoyl", "Devoroil", "Unirea", "Destroyl», «Petrobac-1", "Olevorin", "Ecoil", "Ecosorb", "KODB", etc. [1]. They have shown their effectiveness in different regions of Russia. But experiences show that it is hardly possible to create a biological preperation that could work effectively in different soil-climatic regiones and various nature ecosystems. The results depend on the composition/ structure of native soil microflora and composition of oil caused pollution. Recently, developers of biological products even more often try to select the indigenous microorganisms directly from the soil which has undergone oil pollution [2, 3, 4]. Therefore, the main requirement for new biological preparation intens for cleaning of oil spills in the southern regions, is the shortening of the work thanks to ease of using. And the next one is the ability of effectively using in conditions of increased temperatures, which intends to use indigenous strains of microorganisms as the base.

The scientific researchers of the “Biotechnology” center of the Kuban state university (Krasnodar) headed by professor Karasyova E.V. investigate the problems of bioremediation of oil-contaminated objects. In 2002, they started to research the possibility of establishing regional adapted biopreparation with phytostimulating properties and ability of effectively eliminating oil pollution in the southern regions. The researches were based on 10 years experience of the center "Biotechnology" in the field of oil microbiology. The collection of regional oil-destructive microorganisms consisting of more than 500 strains was collected during that time. Collected microorganisms formed the base of the biopreparation. That biological preparation was tested on the

Page 129: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

129

territory of Krasnodar region in the bioremediation of agricultural soil, polluted by oil as a result of a pipe accident Lisichansk-Tikhoretsk by JSC "Chernomortransneft." The initial content of oil products in the soil made about 50 g/kg. The biological preparation was brought at the rate of 1•108 C/g of the soil. Carrying the experiment oil-contaminated soil was exposed by agrotechnical factors (loosening, watering). Works were carried out within 6 months from April to September and were finished at achievement of the content of oil products in the soil less than 1 g/kg and its full biosafety that was confirmed by a method of experimental biotesting. For the same period the concentration of oil in the control samples (without added the biopreparation) decreased through the course of a process of self-purification to 28 g/kg. When works were finished it was established that on the sites processed by the biopreparation, the speed of recovery of plants, its density and a biomass is on the average 40% higher, than on the raw sites with similar concentration of oil products.

Picture 1 Oil-contaminated soil before the application of

biopreparation

Picture 2Oil-contaminated soil

after the application of biopreparation

The biopreparation is based on consortium of regional

adapted microorganisms and increases degree and rate of hydrocarbons biodegradation on the polluted sites of the chernozem ordinary. It also stimulates growth of plants so that within 6 months there is a full recovery of soil properties to the level of control values. These data allow to recommend the use of the biological preparation for oil-contaminated soil for accelerating the decomposition of oil and restoring fertility.

Page 130: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

130

References

1. Illarionov SA Environmental aspects of restoration of contaminated soil / UB RAS. Ekaterinburg, 2004. 194. 2. Karpenko EV Vildanova RI Shcheglova NS Prospects of using bacteria of the genus Rhodococcus for degradation of oil spills / / J. Appl. biochemistry and microbiology. 2006. T. 42, № 2. Pp. 175-179. 3. Pleshakova EV Pozdnyakova NN Turkovskaya OV Getting oxidizing biological product by stimulating the indigenous microflora of hydrocarbon / / J. Appl. Biochemistry and Microbiology, 2005. T. 41, № 6. Pp. 634-639. 4. Lushkov SV Zavgorodnyaya KN, V. Beaver Purification of water and soil from oil and oil products through the culture mikrobovdestruktorov / / Ecology and Industry of Russia. 1999. Number 12. Pp. 17-20.

Keywords

Biopreparation, bioremediation oil-destructive microorganisms, regional adapted, oil-contaminating, biological cleaning, the southern regions, phytostimulators, fertility restoration.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 131: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

131

Kirsanova A., Kramar L.

Metakaolin accelerating additive for cement composites

The most effective way to reduce energy consumption in the production of concrete and its products is an addition of hardening accelerators. It reduces the setting time of cement and accelerates the growth of concrete curing, resulting in increased turnover of the formwork, reduction of metal production and reduced timing of the construction process. Besides using these additives they can reduce the time to lower the temperature or humid heat treatment. Thus, the use of additives, setting and hardening accelerator is an effective technological tool that allows to reduce production costs and improve the technical and economic performance of the company.

Many researchers [1,2,3,4] consider the usage of metakaolin as an additive accelerator, as it reduces the consumption of cement in the concrete and accelerates the hydration hardening of cement compositions, yields a high curing and final strength. Metakaolin is a particulate material produced by dehydrating kaolin directional firing at 650-850C [5]. It has a pozzolanic activity and high water demand and therefore it must be used with water-reducing admixtures.

The aim of this study is an evaluation of usage of complex supplements based on metakaolin (MTK) as a hardening accelerator for heavy concrete and its influence on the structure and properties of cement paste.

Research objectives: - assess the impact of the additive on the basis of a

comprehensive MTK on physico-chemical properties and structural features of cement;

– study the effect of additives on the basis of a comprehensive MTK on curing cement composites and suggests the possibility of its use as an additive accelerator.

Matakaolin by JSC "Plast-Rifei", 1460 mg of Ca (OH) 2 / g, from Zhuravliny Log deposit, TU 5729-095-51460677-2009; superplasticizer SP-1 by JSC "Polylayer", Novomoskovsk city, TU 5870-005-58042865-2005; cement by "Nevyanskiy cementnik"

Page 132: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

132

brand 500D0, 24% NG, sand by Belonosova fraction of less than 1.25.

Physical and mechanical properties were evaluated by changes in the strength and open porosity. The effect of additives on the structural characteristics of cement were estimated by the change of the specific surface hydration neoplasms the BET method, the phase composition was studied using: differential thermal analysis (DTA) "LuxxSTA 409"derivatograph system by "Netsch"; X-ray diffraction (XRD) on a DRON-3M (PDWin modernized); electron microscopy, scanning electron microscope JeolJSM-700 1F.

The usage of the complex additive "1-3.5% ITC +0,6-0,9% SP-1" results in faster accumulation of calcium ions in the liquid phase and energizing start to the hydrolysis of cement clinker components (Fig. 1).

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

start of curing end of curing

no additives "1-3,5%MTK+0,6-0,9% SP-1"

Figure 1 Effect of accelerat additives at the beginning and end of curing

The usage of supplements helps to save the time between the

beginning and the end of the curing, which is about one and a half hour (Fig. 1). Decrease setting time affects the persistence of workability mix that must be considered in the organization of work on the concrete.

Test 2x2x2 cm concrete cubes harden under normal conditions (Fig. 2) and 4x4x16 cm sand-cement (3:1) beams (Table

Page 133: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

133

1) were used to assess the strength characteristics of cement composites. The study showed that adding of the "1-3.5% MTK +0,6-0,9% SP-1" gives 3 times increas of the strength (Fig. 2, Table 1) on the first day of hardening, compared to regular concrete. In brand age usage of complex additive gives almost 2 times higher strength than regular concrete (Fig. 2).

0

20

40

60

80

100

1 day 3 days 7 days 28 days 60 days

days

Rco

mp

ress

, MP

a

no additives "1-3,5%MTK+0,6-0,9%SP-1"

Figure 2 Strength of the concrete

Таблица 1

Изменение набора прочности цементно-песчанного раствора на 1, 3 сутки

No Additives Strength of concrete, MPa

torsion compression 1 day 3 days 1 day 3 days

1 No additives 2 4 6 14

2 «1-3, 5% MTK + 0,6-0,9% SP-1» 4 6 18 24

According to the DTA, the complex additive forms hydrate

phases with a high content of chemically bound water and reduces the amount of calcium hydroxide in the cement structure by about 70% compared to regular concrete (Fig. 3).

Page 134: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

134

Figure 3 60 day curing DTA cement for «1-3,5%MTK+0,6-0,9%SP-1»

XRD data confirms derivatography. So by 60 days of curing

"1-3.5% MTK +0,6-0,9% SP-1" forms concrete of Ca (OH) 2 (losses at 5100C), high basic GSK C-S-H (II) type (endoeffect at 1400C, 7350C) low basic gel C-S-H (I) (endoeffect at 2150C, exothermic peak at 8400C) stable cubic hydroaluminates calcium C3AH6 (losses at 325-4000C, endoeffect at 5100C) hexagonal C4AH19 (endothermic effect at 140, 2150C), low basic GSK C3S6H6type (endoeffect at 7350S) (Fig. 3, 4). There is high background at low angles at all X-rays characteristic. That indicates the presence of low-crystalized hydrate phases.

Figure 4 XRD of «1-3,5%MTK+0,6-0,9%SP-1» concrete by 60 day curing

Page 135: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

135

Studying the structure of the concrete sample showed that

accelerat additives change the structure of concrete and give a more compact package, increasing the specific surface area by 60% and reducing the open porosity by 25% compared to regular concrete.

Study of cement by electron microscopy confirmed the results of DTA and XRD. In regular concrete samples calcium hydroxide was found in various stages of hydration of high based low-crystalized GSK, heterogeneous structure of the material, a lot of the amorphous phase (Fig. 5a). In "1-3.5% MTK +0,6-0,9% SP-1" samples were found highly basic and low based GSK hydroaluminates calcium. Structure of the material is homogeneous and mainly composed by densely welded plates (Fig. 5b).

a) b)

Figure 5 Concrete: а) regular; б) "1-3.5% MTK +0,6-0,9% SP-1"

Conclusion

1. Metakaolin shows a high performance as an accelerat hydration and hardening additive. It modifies concrete structure as well. 2. It retards hydrosilicate crystallization. Concrete forms mostly of highly basic hydro type CSH (II), which differs by the presence of an additional stable cubic hydroaluminates type C3AH6 that are not prone to crystallization processes and effluent strength.

Bibliography 1. Dvorkin, L Metakaolin in mortars and concretes / L Dvorkin, N Lushnikova, R Runova etc. - Kiev KNUBiA Publishing, 2007. – 215p

Page 136: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

136

2. Kuznetsova, T. Aluminate and sulfitealuminate cements / T Kuznetsova. - Moscow: Stroiizdat 1986. – 208p 3. Usher-Marshak, A. A new generation of additives / A Usher-Marshak / / Chemical and mineral supplements in the concrete. - Kharkov: Kolorit, 2005. - p. 45-50. 4. Kuznetsova, T., Talaber J alumina cement / T Kuznetsova. - Moscow: Stroiizdat 1988. – 272p 5. R Platonov, T Argynbaev, Z Stafeeva Effect of dispersion of Zhuravlinyj Log’s kaolin at pozzolanic activity of metakaolin / / Building Materials, 2012, № 1, p.1-6.

Key words

Concrete, cement, cementitious composites, metakaolin, SP-1, complex additive, additive-accelerator, pozzolan the additive, cement-sandy solution, modifier structure.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 137: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

137

Klyuchko N.Yu., Mezenova O.Ya., Baidalinova L.S., Tashina E.V., Matkovskaya M.V., Andronova S.V., Mezenova N.Yu.

The use of secondary raw fish in the technology of new food

products and dietary supplements

A large amount of waste (skin, bones, scales, fins, heads and roes) or secondary raw fish is accumulate in the production of fish products. It is a source of valuable proteins, minerals, lipids, vitamins and other biologically active substances, which have a positive impact on many metabolic mechanisms of the human body [1].

The aim of this work is the development of biologically active substances and foods with high biological value using recycled raw fish.

One of the areas of study was the study of the composition and the technology of the jelly osteotropic and chondroprotective product produced from the scales of sardines and anchovy heads. Functionality of the product is due to the enrichment of the basic jelly composition with protein, mineral and lipid ingredients of the raw material, which is pre-cooked, dried and finely ground, as well as vitamins and bioflavonoids of herbal supplements in the form of the extracts of peppermint, salvia and bidens.

The resulting jelly product has an osteotropic and chondroprotective effect due to the that effect brings to a gelatin base protein, mineral and lipid substances which are in the supplement made of fish scales, as well as biologically active substances from phytoextracts that interact with the ingredients of fish supplements and have a preservative effect. Gelatin in the resulting product works as a consistency enhancer, gelling agents, thereby a new three-dimensional structure and the mechanical properties of the composition required for even distribution of functional ingredients in the product are achieved. When cooking phytoextracts in dietary supplements made of fish scales final products are enriched by about 25% with biologically active substances of plants. A bidens contains it (% dry weight): tannins - 5.0, ascorbic acid - 0.7 macro - 0.55, including calcium - 0.11 Mg - 0.03, and flavonoids (luteolin, butein, butyne-7-glucoside, Auron,

Page 138: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

138

sulfuretin), coumarins (umbelliferone, scopoletin), calciferol. Calcium in a bidens is mostly in the form of soluble salts - sulfate and calcium oxalate, in general, a large part of the calcium, 20-65%, in a bidens soluble in water and therefore enters phytoextracts in its preparation. From the sage leaves in the fall phytoextracts (% dry weight) which contain: macro - 3.0, including 1.1 potassium, calcium - 1.7 Magnesium - 0.4, trace elements - 0.04, including iron - 0.03, vitamins, beta-carotene - 0.003, choline - 0.04, pyridoxine - 0.003, ascorbic acid - 0.03, tocopherol - 0.007, 0.002, phylloquinone are extracted. Sage leaves are rich in flavonoids and diterpenes. Ascorbic acid is a water soluble vitamin, so that easily extracted. From the leaves of peppermint the jollowing substances are extracted (% dry weight): Vitamins: Riboflavin - 0.002, pantothenic acid - 0.002, pyridoxine - 0,003, Niacin - 6.6, vitamin PP - 0,012; macronutrients: potassium - 1.9 Calcium - 1.5 , sodium - 0.3 Magnesium - 0.6, trace elements: iron - 0.09, Mn - 1.5, Zinc - 0.02. Also the mint leaves contain tannins, hesperidin, chlorogenic, caffeic, ursolic acid, betaine, arginine, neutral saponins. Ascorbic acid and pyridoxine, vitamins are water-soluble, thus they are easily extracted when preparing phytoextracts. In the tissues of the body pyridoxine is involved in the synthesis of collagen.

Another area is the use of fish scales in the preparation dietary supplements for athletes. In this case, the scales of bream and sardines are a source of amino acids and polipeptilov needed to strengthen the tendons and bones, which is recommended for people with high physical activity. In the new technology of pre-cooked scales are hydrolyzed by the enzyme collagenase in an environment of green tea extract. The remaining part of the unhydrolyzed scales is dried and crushed. Then it is as a dietary bio- supplement with calcium used. The final composition of fish scales is of the source of valuable amino acids such as proline, glycine, alanine, hydroxyproline and glutamic acid. They are involved in the synthesis of connective tissue, and minerals (% dry weight), such as calcium (24.6%), phosphorus (6.9%) and magnesium (2.1%) that form the bony skeleton of the body. The final product includes the following fatty acids ((% fat mass fraction): palmitic (34.8), palmitoleic (14.8%), linoleic (0.6%), eicosapentaenoic acid (5.7%) and others) that provide lipid metabolism and nutrition of the tissues athlete.

Page 139: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

139

The developed dietary supplement flow the hydrolyzed fraction of scales and the extracts of mint and green tea, bee pollen, is the source of more than 250 compounds (all the vitamins, micro and macro, valuable proteins containing all essential amino acids, essential carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, essential fatty acids, hormones, flavonoids, enzymes, hormones and other biologically active compounds) that contribute to the proper functioning of important biological processes of an athlete. Macro and micro elements of pollen include more than 28 substances: sodium, potassium, nickel, titanium, vanadium, chromium, phosphorus, zircon, beryl, zinc, lead, silver, arsenic, tin, gallium, strontium, barium, uranium, silicon, aluminum , magnesium, manganese, molybdenum, copper, calcium, and iron. The mixture is enriched with L-carnitine, which acts as a fat burner in the body, concentrating the energy of lipids in the respiratory centers of the mitochondria. The resulting solution of functional components is either made in the form of separate items weighing 10-20 g or encapsulated within gelatin capsules. Consumption of 4-5 such capsules a day to an athlete fulfills his need for calcium, phytosterols, vitamins. 100 g of the dietary supplement meets the daily needs of athletes in the amino acids necessary for his muscle activity - valine, leucine and isoleucine by 77.5%, 67.2% and 65.0%, respectively. The supplement contains enough calories: 100 g is equivalent to 184.2 kcal, which is important for athletes.

The processing of waste resulting from cutting fish requires the use of the lipid fraction. The obtaining of preparations of polyunsaturated fatty acids are promising. The preparations by their nature require the selection of antioxidant drugs. Of natural antioxidants are particular interest from the set of substances [1].

To assess the effects of various antioxidants studies were conducted with the fat derived from waste from cutting salmon. From the fat obtained by, melting, a fraction of saturated fatty acids (12.5% by weight of fat.) is separated. High values of the iodine value of fraction after separation of saturated acids indicate a high degree of the unsaturated lipids in salmon. Natural ingredients, which in the studies of other authors were evaluated positively: have been tested the extracts of sage, ginger, rosemary and fenugreek, a mixture of extracts of rosemary and green tea, tocopherol, astaxanthin, ionol and dihydroquercetin.

Page 140: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

140

Samples with antioxidants (0.2% by weight of fat) were stored at the positive unregulated temperature. The study of the dynamics of hydrolytic and oxidative processes (Fig. 1) show that the hydrolysis and primary oxidation ware, intense in the control sample.

Fig. 1 Changes of acid and peroxide numbers of fat salmon during storage in the presence of various antioxidants

When cutting gonads of fish often remain unused - and roes,

containing essential amino acids, fatty acids, DNA and RNA, vitamins, minerals and other biologically active substances [1, 2]. It is proposed to use them in processed in the technology of cheeses of high biological value and smoked sausages.

The essence of the technology in making the processed cheese is to mix roe of zander, cottage cheese, hard cheese cow's milk and salt-melter "Fonakon." The resulting curd is subjected to melting at the temperature of 85 ºC, then butter and "PHYTO" (the substance for smoking) and poured into molds and allowed to cool are added.

Page 141: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

141

Establishing the optimal parameters of cooking cream cheese with the addition of roe of zander was performed using mathematical planning of the experiment (Orthogonal Central Composite second order for two factors. Based on the results of preliminary studies, as well as the a priori information and data in the literature from a variety of parameters that characterize the process two main factors were highliglited that have the most significant effect on the properties of cheese: the mass fraction of milk (Mм) and the mass fraction of roe of zander (Ми). The parameters of the optimization of the mathematical model is the total dimensionless characteristic, which consists of five individual responses: viscosity (Вз), yield stress (Т), selection of empirical curve (Э), the mass fraction of the water (В) and the sensory evaluation (О) of cream cheese with the addition of eggs perch.

Experimental design for the optimization of the process is given in Table. 1.

Comparative analysis of the results presented in Table. 1, showed that the quality of the cheese is most favorable when the content of the milk and roe 30 g/100g g/100g 25 (sample number 4): cheese had a high organoleptic value (15.00 points) and the fluidity and viscosity were as close to " ideal "- respectively 0.85 cps / s and 23 054 cps. The set of favorable values of private responses reflected in the minimum value of the parameter optimization (0.0489).

High-quality samples were obtained in the first and seventh experiments, however, the values of the generalized parameters of optimization were higher (0.0489 and 0.0441, respectively) than in the fourth experiment.

Implementation of the plan OTSKP matrix, and processing of the experimental data for a given algorithm, allowed us to obtain a second-order polynomial equation, quantitatively linking the process of forming the quality of the finished cheese with the parameters of the experiment:

y = 22,96-0,2051Ми-1,0912Мм-0,0003МиМм+0,006Ми

2+0,014Мм2

Regression analysis of that shows that the factor "content of

milk" is more significant than "the amount of overhead caviar", and has a greater impact on the formation of the finished products.

Page 142: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

142

The value of the optimal factors of the process was determined by differentiating the natural mathematical models, as a result optimal factors have been found: the mass fraction of walleye eggs Ми = 20.06%, mass fraction of milk Мм = 38.74%.

Table 1

Experimental design to optimize the process of preparation of

processed cheese with roe perch

Experiment plan

Private responses

Th

e gen

eral

ized

p

aram

eter

of

op

tim

izat

ion

, y

Ми , %

Мм, %

Вз,

сП

з

Т,

сПз/

с

Э,

%

В, %

О, p

oin

ts

1 20 30 19934 0,75 90,8 61,398 15,0 0,0489 2 20 35 10358 0,33 94,3 61,210 15,0 0,6737 3 20 40 6013 0,31 99,4 63,633 14,5 0,9535 4 25 30 23054 0,85 92,3 61,107 15,0 0,0224 5 25 35 7209 0,27 99,3 62,867 15,0 0,9399 6 25 40 7536 0,27 99,5 63,230 14,5 0,9239 7 30 30 25228 0,93 96,2 61,309 14,5 0,0441 8 30 35 17678 0,66 89,7 43,338 14,5 0,1487 9 30 40 8382 0,25 97,8 64,956 15,0 0,9198

Assuming all the optimal settings for making cheese with the

addition of walleye eggs were produced experimental samples. Finished products are highly appreciated by tasters: the taste and smell - moderately cheesy, creamy, with smoky flavor without other flavors and colors, texture - homogeneous, the eggs are evenly distributed throughout the mass, soft, flexible, color - from white to yellow.

These results indicate that current and future that these new technologies are perspective technologies biologically active substances and food from secondary raw fish, and have been

Page 143: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

143

obtained on the basis of available resources of the Kaliningrad region.

Bibliography

1) Biotechnology seafood: studies. / L.S. Baidalinova, N.T. Sergeeva, A.S. Lysova and others, ed. O.Ya. Mezenova; KSTU. - Moscow, 2006. - 560 p. 2) Klyuchko N.Yu. Parapharmaceutical products based on aquatic / N.Yu. Klyuchko, O.Ya. Mezenova. - Kaliningrad: Publisher "KSTU", 2009. – 346 p.

Keywords

Recycled fish raw materials, waste, aquatic animals, roe, scales, heads, jelly products, polyunsaturated fatty acids, processed cheese, the biologically active substances and additives, food biotechnology, functional product

<Translated from Russian>

Page 144: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

144

Kostikova A.V., Kozlov V.V., Kozitov L.V., Rabinovich O.I.

Synthesis of alloy nanoparticles in the carbon matrix FeNi3 using infrared heating

The discovery of new forms of carbon, organic

semiconductors and synergies infrared heating on the transformation in polymers contribute to the increased attention to getting new carbon nanocomposites with modified chemical properties. The influence of quantum size effect of the nanostructure led to new materials with improved optical, thermal, electrical and magnetic properties.

For the development of electronics nanocomposites FeNi3 / C are perspective and they are nanoparticles permalloy FeNi3, uniformly distributed in the carbon material. Nanocomposites FeNi3 / C combine the advantageous properties FeNi3 (permeability - 50000 ÷ 3 million, the coercive force of 0.1 to 200 Oe, magnetostriction - 0.003% magnetoresistive effect about 4%) and carbon material (density - 2 g/cm3, thermal conductivity - up to 1700 W / (m • K), thermal stability in air up to 300 ºC, the possibility of different allotropic forms, biocompatibility). Nanocomposites FeNi3 / C can be used to produce a variety of devices: effective electromagnetic shields, systems with a density of information recording and storage equal to 1012 bit/sm2, random access memory with a density of 64 bit/mkm2 memory, magnetoresistive sensors. Fe and Ni nanoparticles have highly developed surface, resulting in high chemical activity and the ability to aggregate, thus it is possible to synthesize nanoparticles permalloy (FeNi3) at lower temperatures than in the case of receipt using the rolling heat in vacuum or neutral gases by cooling the melt occurring at more than 1300 ºC [1]. Infrared heating method allows to combine the advantages of growth methods of metal nanoparticles in polymers by thermal decomposition of metal compounds and recovery of metal ions derived hydrogen evolved during the pyrolysis of polyacrylonitrile, and self-organization of the molecular structure of the polymer [2, 3].

Original composite is produced by dissolving in dimethylformamide (DMF) salts FeCl3 • 6H2O, NiCl2 • 6H2O, and polyacrylonitrile (PAN) with a variation of the initial concentration

Page 145: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

145

of Fe and Ni. The resulting solution was achted. After complete evaporation of the solvent, the solid solution is placed in a chamber of the IR heating "Photon" to obtain nanocomposite powder.

At low temperatures, PAN is a chemically stable polymer. In the range of 70 - 150 °C, the only desorption of H2O. At 300 °C begins degradation and carbonization of PAN. With further heat treatment in PAN formed polyconjugated system begins cyclization. As the temperature increases IR heating the content of graphite phase increases. The mass loss of PAN during pyrolysis is much less than that of other polymers. Infrared radiation allows to control physical properties of PAN, which are the most stable among organic semiconductors [4].

Figure 1 shows the spectrum of X-ray analysis of the nanocomposite FeNi3 / C, obtained at 700 °C, where you have the halo at 2θ ≈ 4 ÷ 30 °, confirming the formation of amorphous C PAN with its destruction under the influence of infrared heating. At 2θ ≈ 45, 52, 76 ° peaks are observed, indicating the formation of crystallites alloy FeNi3. Average size of nanoparticles in nanocomposites FeNi3 increase of approximately 10 to 80 nm with an increase in the initial concentration of metals (Figure 2).

8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80

0,5

CFeNi

3(220)

FeNi3(200)

FeNi3(111)I,

отн

. ед.

2, o.

Fig. 1. XRD spectrum of the nanocomposite FeNi3 / C c = SNi original CFE = 20 wt. %, After the IR heating at 700 ° C

Experimental formation of crystallites FeNi3 was also

confirmed by scanning electron microscopy. Figure 2 shows the nanoparticles FeNi3, dispersed in a carbon matrix, obtained from the polymer. In this case, the carbon matrix becomes porous

Page 146: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

146

surface, which is due to degradation of the polymer and the release of volatile products with infrared heating.

FeNi3

C

1 мкм

Fig. 2 SEM photo of the composite FeNi3 / C with the original CFE and SNi

equal to 20 wt. %, And obtained at 700 ° C

Therefore, the method of producing a composite based on

nanoparticles in the carbon material FeNi3 out FeCl3 • 6H2O/NiCl2 • 6H2O/PAN with infrared heating wasdeveloped; using XRD spectra and SEM images it was detected the growth of nanoparticles found education FeNi3, with a size of 10 to 80 nm.

References

1 Киселев Б.Г.,.Кожитов Л.В, Козлов В.В., Пономарев М.В.// Цветные металлы. 2010, 3, C. 15-20. 2. Marangoni A., Rogers M. // J. Applied Physics Letters. 2003, 19, Р. 82. 3. Лякишев Н.П.. Машиностроение. (1996), 448 с. 4. Калашник А.Т.,. Смирнова Т.Н, Чернова О.П., Козлов В.В.. // Высокомолекулярные соединения. 2010, 11, С.1-6.

Key words

Nanocomposites, infrared heat, carbon types

<Translated from Russian>

Page 147: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

147

KostishynV.G., Morchenko A., Yudanov N., Rabinovich O. Multichannel recording system information for measuring and

processing equipment

The widespread use and high performance of personal computers (PCs) provide the ability to apply them to monitor the high-speed processes as well as processes, lasting for hundreds and thousands of hours. Often there are situations where previously manufactured device requires significant improvement because of its limited capacity (low accuracy, high power consumption, large size, high cost, etc.).

Modern component base allows you to upgrade previously manufactured device collection and transformation of information, and thus significantly increase the range of measurement and improve their accuracy, increase the number of simultaneously controlled processes and add new capabilities for collecting, managing and transmitting data. Due to the current interface technologies it can greatly increase the amount of information being processed, transmitted from the measuring device to the PC.

This work is devoted to the modernization of the developed universal power measuring and control equipment through the introduction of a modern microcontroller with integrated analog-to-digital converter (ADC). This ADC with low cost high performance (by CPU speed, number of input channels, the polling rate, high resolution) and the flexibility of the connection due to its modular structure. Research facilities and processing plants are equiped by universal power and it allows to make the most accurate measurement and automatic analysis of all parameters of interest removed from temperature, pressure, magnetoresistance, resistivity, strain gauges, etc. in real time or recorded.

The reported study was partially supported by RFBR (research project No. 13-08-01319) and by State contracts Nos. 14.513.11.0015 and 14.513.11.054.

Key words

Microcontroller, measuring and control equipment, vibration magnetometer

<Translated from Russian>

Page 148: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

148

Kudreyko A.A., Migranova R.N., Kantor E.A. Anchoring effects in nematic films in presence of magnetic field

Nematic liquid crystals (LC) provide interesting theoretical

models because of its geometric structure and long-range orientational order even though it is positionally disordered. In particular, Frèedericksz transitions caused by an external electric or magnetic field in nematic LCs have attracted attention since their discovery in 1933.

The effect of the constant on nematic director-fields plays an important role in device applications where nematic liquid crystals are confined to a curved geometry. In paper [1] the author presented the theory on the determination of the saddle-splay constant assuming the one-constant approximation for the particular case in which the layer of nematic LC is infinite.

Our aims in this contribution are as follows. We consider a finite width layer of nematic in two-constant approximation and introduce and the second pair of boundary conditions. The model is based on the Oseen-Zocher-Frank continuum theory of LCs.

Nematic LCs are described by director , which is a unit vector, characterising the average orientation of molecules. The

standart expression for the elastic free energy associated with is given by

where and are the splay, twist, bend and saddle-splay moduli respectively [2,3]. To guarantee stable configuration of nematic LC in the absence of external fields, the saddle-splay constant must fulfill the Ericksen inequalities [4]. In the case of planar configuration of director or consideration of bulk effects in liquid crystal, the elastic modulus gives no contribution to the Frank free energy (e.g. [5]).

The magnetic field contribution to the elastic free energy is represented by the functional [2]

Page 149: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

149

When magnetic field above the Frèedericksz threshold is applied, then the distribution of director takes the form as shown in Fig. 1.

Fig.1. Geometry of the problem. Symmetry representation of the director

field n, where is the magnetic coherence length

We then go on to consider small perturbations of the

director induced by the magnetic field under the assumption that

the configuration of the perturbations of the director in the plane is defined by

where , are functions

of order and is the polar angle. A detailed calculation of

how to get function is given in ref. [2]. Within the present problem we do not consider director’s thermal fluctuations.

The Taylor series expansion of the elastic and magnetic free

energy for and up to yields the corresponding bulk and surface functionals [2]. Supposing that

distortions f and g depend on dimensionless , the configuration of the director can be found by solving the

variational problem written in terms of . However, the analytical solution of the obtained equations presents a difficulty, and further we considered one-constant approximation.

Page 150: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

150

The boundary conditions for weak anchoring follow from the minimization of the equilibrium director field. In order to give a

quantitative estimation, determine at the surface and

suppose cm, , G,

dyn, then and . With the aid of a computer algebra system, one can obtain

the solutions the variational problem and substitute functions

to the boundary conditions. The resulting equations represent the system of linear homogeneous equations with respect to integration constants . Such system has a non-trivial solution if . The obtained expression with respect to

and determines bifurcation points. The dimensionless parameter characterizes the relative strength of the magnetic field to the anchoring energy.

Fig. 2. Solution of the parametric equation .

Each curve in Figs. 2 divides the parametric space into two

regions. The instability threshold is determined by the matrix .

The state for can not be acheived because it corresponds to

complex wavenumbers . In view of Fig. 2a, the minimum of each curve represents the critical values of the dimensionless parameter

. The instability threshold between the stable state (below each curve) and periodically distorted state

Page 151: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

151

exists for . The plot for is the critical,

and the identification of the bifurcation points for does not fulfill the Ericksen inequalities.

The role of the saddle-splay term can be seen by letting , then the function, which determines the bifurcation

points, grows faster. In particular, weak anchoring ( ) under the influence of the magnetic field produces long-wave distortions

(Fig. 2b) of the director .

References

1. O.V. Manyuhina, Saddle-splay elasticity and field induced soliton in nematics. J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 24, 195102 2012. 2. P.G. de Gennes, J. Prost, The Physics of Liquid Crystals. Second Edition, Oxford University Press, 1993. 3. G. Napoli, Influence of in periodic splay-twist Freedericksz transitions. Europhys. Lett. 92, 46006, 2010. 4. J.L. Ericksen, Inequalities in Liquid Crystal Theory, Phys. Fluids 9, 1205 – 1207, 1966. 5. D. Kondratiev, N. Migranov, Molecular distribution of nematic liquid crystal in the half-space limited by structured substrate. Vestnik Severnogo (Arkticheskogo) Federal’nogo universiteta. Science series 3, p. 91 – 94, 2009 (In Russian).

Key words

Nematic liquid crystals, anchoring transitions, anchoring effects, Frèedericksz transitions, linear perturbation theory, stability analysis, bifurcation points.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 152: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

152

Lagov P.B., Drenin A.S.

The development of radiation technology of precision control switching characteristics of silicon power devices

For precise control of the switching characteristics of silicon power devices the most effective methods of radiation treatment are on the basis of accelerated electrons, ions of hydrogen, helium, etc. [1-5]. This is due to the fact that, unlike the diffusion methods recombination doping impurities (gold, platinum) radiation techniques allow more precise control of the concentration of defects with deep levels determined by the duration and nature of the switching process. In addition, the application process ions of hydrogen and helium can form a profile of the distribution of displaced atoms with the highest concentration in the end of the path, which allows the axial adjustment of the lifetime and provides a soft shutdown process of power diode or thyristor. The most effective tools for achieving radiative processes are linear accelerators for electrons and protons to ensure the acceleration of particles from a few to a few tens of MeV. The main limitation of many existing facilities is narrow beam, and the lack of an automated sampler for rapid batch processing.

In this paper, a search for the best mode of radiation treatment diode elements was carried out accelerated protons. It provides precise control of switching characteristics and carrier lifetime in the range of 0.5 to 5 microseconds. Experimental samples were silicon diode structures 200 microns thick, connected through aluminum plate with molybdenum temperature compensator thickness of 1.4 mm and a diameter of 48 mm. On the periphery of the structure a face was formed and p-n junction is protected by electrically stable compound to reduce the reverse currents. The upper contact is an aluminum layer thickness of about 10 microns. P-n junction is formed by the diffusion process in a way that the thickness of the p-type conductivity of the molybdenum compensator is 80-90 microns.

Initial samples have carrier lifetime 10.8-12.4 ms, the forward voltage 0.98 V at the forward impulse current 3200 A (average current of 1000 A), the avalanche breakdown voltage in the reverse current of 10 mA was 500 V.

Page 153: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

153

Radiation processing structure was accelerated protons with energies in the range of 3.3 MeV fluences 1011-1013 cm-2, which provides formation of the profile of radiation defects, with a maximum allocation to a depth of about 100 microns. After the radiation treatment stabilizing annealing was performed in air at 200 º C for 100 minutes.

Electrical parameters after radiation-thermal treatment allowed to establish an empirical relationship of the lifetime and forward voltage drop for sampees

07.02.1 FU

where UF - forward voltage, V; τ - the lifetime of the charge carriers, us.

Most promising for precision control switching characteristics of diode structures studied is the use of treatment with protons in the range 1011-1012 cm-2, since for large values of the fluence observed undesirable increase the reverse current. Fine adjustment switching characteristics of power devices should be implemented by handling the accelerated electrons.

References

1. Ладыгин Е.А. Радиационная технология твердотельных электронных приборов. М.: ЦНИИ "Электроника", 1976. 2. Ладыгин Е.А., Лагов П.Б., Осипов Г.А. Повышение быстродействия диодных матриц при обработке быстрыми электронами // Вопросы атомной науки и техники. Сер.: Физика радиационного воздействия на радиоэлектронную аппаратуру. 1996. Вып. 1–3. С. 100-104. 3. J. Vobecký, P. Hazdra, N. Galster, E. Carroll. FREE-WHEELING DIODES WITH IMPROVED REVERSE RECOVERY BY COMBINED ELECTRON AND PROTON IRRADIATION. Proceedings of the 8th PEMC, 8 - 10 September 1998. 4. J. Vobecký, P. Hazdra, O. Humbel, N. Galster. Crossing Point Current of Electron and Proton Irradiated Power P-i-N Diodes // Elsevier’s Journal Microelectronics Reliability, Volume 40, Number 3, 17 March 2000, pp. 427-433. 5. N.A. Poklonski, N.I. Gorbachuk, M.I. Tarasik, S.V. Shpakovski, V.A. Filipenia, V.A. Skuratov, A. Wieck and T.N. Kołtunowicz.

Page 154: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

154

Effects of Fluences of Irradiation with 107 MeV Krypton Ions on the Recovery Charge of Silicon p+n-Diodes // ACTA PHYSICA POLONICA A. Vol. 120 (2011) No. 1, pp. 111-114.

Key words

Power semiconductors, radiation technology, the accelerated electrons accelerated protons, deep levels, the forward voltage, switching time, p-n junction, stabilizing annealing.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 155: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

155

Legotin S.A., Murashev V.N., Baryshnokiv F.M., Krasnov A.A., Rabinovich O.I.

The new design of the silicon solar cell is a multistage high

Nowadays various designs and technologies of silicon solar cells (SCs) are used [1]. A special place among them is occupied by silicon high-voltage multijunction solar cells (HVMSCs) [2], which have the following advantages in comparison with traditional planar SCs: higher voltages (up to 400 V), better characteristics of concentrated solar radiation conversion, lower series resistance and better thermal stability. Thereby HVMSCs are attractive for many applications. Their use in space applications is especially promising, since the further development of astronautics is associated with using of solar cells with voltage from 400 V upwards.

The paper presents a design of the comb HVMSC which contains diode cells. These diode cells contain vertical single n+-p–-p+ (p+-n–-n+) junctions, which are perpendicular to the horizontal light detecting surface (perpendicular to the direction of propagation of light), and horizontal n+-p– (p+-n–) junctions, which are parallel to light detecting surface. All the junctions are connected into a single structure by metal cathode and anode electrodes.

This design (Fig. 1) makes it possible to obtain the maximum size of the space charge region, in which the collection of the charge carriers that are light-generated both on the surface and in the bulk of the semiconductor material of the SC is more effective in comparison with the quasi-neutral region. In this case, the optimal efficiency of the solar cell is achieved when the distance between the boundaries of the p-n-junctions is equal to a sum of the thickness of the space charge regions which are formed by the contact potential difference of the p-n-junctions.

Page 156: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

156

Fig. 1. High-voltage multijunction solar cell with a comb design

References

1. Фаренбрух А.. «Солнечные элементы. Теория и эксперимент.» М.: Энергоатомиздат, 1987. 278 с. 2. Legotin S.A., Korolchenko A.S. Murashev V.N., Orlova M.N. The New Generation of solar Battery – Hybrid solar battery with nanoclusters // Metallurgist, 2010, V. 54, P. 328-331

Key words

Solar cell, silicon

<Translated from Russian>

Page 157: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

157

Legotin S.A., Murashev V.N., Baryshnokiv F.M., Krasnov A.A.

Silicon high-voltage multijunction converter

The interest to alternative energy sources has considerably increased recently. One of the most advanced alternative energy sources for ground applications is silicon solar batteries (SBs). Therefore the production of silicon solar cells (SCs) is growing all around the world. SCs with vertical p-n junctions that became known as silicon high-voltage multijunction convertors (SHVMC) are perspective area. These SCs have the following significant advantages in comparison with competitive planar SCs with horizontal p-n junctions:

− series resistance is determined only by the resistivity of the semiconductor material and is very small for SCs with the large area.

− cooling is better due to the presence of metal spacers in the design

− good photosensitivity in the ultraviolet band is caused by the absence of highly doped emitter layer on the front surface of the battery.

A design and technology of SHVMC were proposed by authors of this paper (Fig. 1).

Fig. 1. Design and technology of SHVMC

Page 158: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

158

The standard technology of SHVMC consists of the next steps:

− slicing of the single-crystal silicon ingots; − mechanical smoothing of the slices; − washing of the slices; − two-sided diffusion (diffusion of donor and acceptor

impurities); − removing of borosilicate glass and treatment in caustic

potash − inspection of the р-n-n+-structures; − washing of the р-n-n+-structures; − preparation for alloying, preparing slices of aluminum

(silumin) foil; − serial stacking in the following sequence: the р-n-n+-

structure, the foil slice, the р-n-n+-structure, and so on till the N-th р-n-n+-structure; the extreme layers are contact layers.

− alloying of the stack (at 680°С for 5 minutes); − cutting of the stack; − chemical smoothing of the SHVMC

Key words

Solar cell, silicon

<Translated from Russian>

Page 159: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

159

Litvinenko V.S., Vasiliev N.I., Dmitriev A.N., Lipenkov V.Y.

Results and peculiarities of hole 5G drilling

and first opening of lake Vostok

In the era of increasing man’s impact on Earth climate the special attention is given to the research of historical reconstruction of global and regional changes of natural environment of our planet. The unique archives of paleoenvironmental records are present in atmospheric ice deposits which form the icecap of Antarctica and Greenland. The core samples of ancient ice which were taken during the deep exploratory drilling of modern ice cap have the most detailed information on temperature variation and atmospheric pressure, its wind and circulatory conditions as well as variations of gas and chemical air composition within the time range from ten to hundred thousand years. Microbiological and molecular-biological researches of ice core allow tracking the bacterial variety evolution in the layers of ice column, which were formed during the different eras of Earth climate history.

The actuality of lake Vostok research (the world’s largest subglacial water) is first of all determined by the fact it potentially represents the unique water ecosystem that has been isolated from earth atmosphere and surface biosphere for million years. The considerable size of the lake (280 x 55 km, aqueous layer thickness reaches 1200 m) allows to view it as an earthen analog of seas existing under the ice caps of Jupiter’s satellites Europe and Callisto. In this respect lake Vostok appeals to be treated as a range for practicing methods and tools for life detection and examination within extreme (nonearthly) conditions.

The drilling of deep wells at station Vostok in Antarctica has started in 1970. Before 1993 high-temperature drill bits were mainly used our scientists reached significant results in their development anв usage. One of the tasks of such drilling is to have a drill core of subglacial rock which led to usage of mechanical drilling. That is why during the 39th SAE (1993) the drilling facilities of Vostok station were reequipped for continuation of drilling operations with electric-mechanical tool string. The mechanical ice drilling compares favorably with thermal method due to less energy consumption, higher penetration speed and much

Page 160: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

160

better quality of core. The change of final goal of drilling operations due to unsealing of lake Vostok, the well must be drilled in its water, as well as significant changes in physical-mechanical properties of ice at the depth of more than 3000 m caused to make considerable changes in drilling technologies and operation plans.

Hole 5G

The drilling of borehole 5G was started during the 35th SAE

(1990) with thermal method using the tool strings TELGA and TBZS [4,5]. In 38th RAE (1993) the depth of the drill hole reached 2755 m.

During the 40th RAE (1995) the drilling of hole 5G was continued from depth of 2755 m using by electro-mechanical tool string [8,10,11] and without any serious consequences it reached the depth of 3109 m. Then in periods of 41st, 42nd and 43rd RAE (1995-96, 1996-97 and 1997-98), the borehole 5G-1 was drilled from 3109 to 3623 m. After seasonal operations in 1998 the drilling process was stopped for 8 years and resumed only in season 51 Rae in January, 2005, when the depth of the hole was 3650 m. In spite of the significant down time the deformation of the hole walls was not registered due to almost full balance of overburden pressure by the pressure of filling fluid on the length of all borehole.

During the further drilling in 52nd RAE (October, 2007), due to the made mistakes at the depth of 3666 there happened and accident and as a result the drilling tool was left at drilled depth. In 54th season RAE (January, 2009) after unsuccessful attempts to pull out the jammed tool at the depth of 3600 m they had to deviate from the stand-by shaft and drilled the new well shaft 5G-2.

In season 55 RAE the hole reached the depth of 3650 m, in season 56 RAE - 3720 m and in 57th RAE season on February 5th of 2012 the subglacial lake Vostok was opened at the depth of 3769,3 m. The water flowed in to the borehole and stopped at the depth of about 3200 m (core depth).

Now the deepest hole at Vostok station is a complex multilevel construction (fig. 1). At the top of the construction there is an intermediate casing up to the depth of 120 m with bore diameter of 165 mm.

Page 161: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

161

Fig. 1. Scheme of hole 5G: а – vertical projection; b – hole construction

The total amount of filling fluid (mix of aviation fuel TS-1

and Freon F-141b) in the borehole equals around to 60 m3. The level of filling fluid at 20.07.2012 as at the depth of 42 m, its mean

154 mm

165 mm

2230 m

2755 m

3109 m

3769,3 m

0

Max depth of drilling TBZS-152

(2502 m)

Deviation point

139 mm

137 mm

TELG

A-1

4M

Ther

mal

dri

llin

g

TBZS

-152

TB

ZS-1

32

KEM

S-13

5

Place of accident (2 250 м)

Bo

reh

ole

5G

B

ore

ho

le 5

G-1

a b

3200 m

3600 m

3666 m Borehole 5G-2

120 m

Intermediane

casinge

Mec

han

ical

dri

lling

3543 m

Borehole 5G-3

3424 m

Page 162: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

162

density equaled to 905 kg/m3. Before the depth of 2200 m the borehole is almost vertical then the angle of deviation of vertical borehole axis changes within the range from 6 to 8о.

Results

The beginning of hole drilling with mechanical method was

characterized by gradual increase of drilling volume (fig. 2), which initially was connected with the drill crew getting the experience, then the drilling process stabilized and the average depth penetration per shift was about 2,8 m. From 2930 m the drilling process became unstable due to the increasing depth. There were unexpected jamming of bore bit even at low speed of advance (1 m/h). At the same time the run advancement was decreasing slowly too.

Fig. 2. Mechanical drilling results for borehole 5G-1

In process of deep hole drilling in Antarctica and as well as in Greenland the explorers of all countries faced the serious complications already at depth of more than 2500 m, and at the depth of more than 3000 m the complications became so significant that drilling was almost completely halted. This fact even was

0

0,5

1

1,5

2

2,5

3

3,5

2750 2850 2950 3050 3150 3250 3350 3450 3550 3650

Глубина скважины, м

Рейсовая п

роходка

, м

0

5

10

15Зимовка 40 РАЭ Сезон 41 РАЭ Сезон 42 РАЭ Сез. 43

56 РАЭ

Page 163: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

163

named as “the problem of warm ice drilling” because with depth the ice temperature grows. The example of such complications is the reduction of run advancement in borehole at Dom C within the European program EPICA [9]. The decrease of run advancement already started at the depth of 2500 m, and then it started to drop greatly per shift and after reaching the depth of 3000 m it halted. When touching the drilled depth at any speed the bore bit was drilled off and the drilling operations were halted. The analysis of reasons of complications in the drilling of hole 5G-1 showed the clear connection between changes of crystalline texture of drilled ice and its physical-mechanical properties [6].

All sections of hole where the drilling problems were noted match the intervals with relatively coarsely crystalline ice (see fig. 2). At about 3480 m the size of the crystals starts to exceed 20 mm and the drilling process has the stable tendency to complete stop of putting down of borehole.

The problem was solved by increasing the amount of washing fluid consumption and coarseness of slurry of cuttings. These conclusions were made by the end of season operations of 43rd RAE but due to the halt of drilling operations for 8 years and accident which happened in 52nd RAE these measures were implemented only after realization of deviation and restoration of working condition of the hole in 56th RAE. The serious changes were made in the design of circulation system which allowed increasing the consumption of washing fluid in three times. The drilling column was redesigned too which let to increase the coarseness of cuttings in three times. [2]. Due to the modernization the process of putting-down was stabilized even near the lake surface where the ice temperature differs from the melting point less than hundredth of grade. In season 58 RAE again demonstrated high (record-breaking for such depths) effectiveness of operations of electro-mechanic drilling tool string created by specialists from Mining University. The average run core recovery while drilling the glacier at the depth of 3424-3543 m, where the most serious complications took place in hole 5G-1, equaled to 2,20 m (see fig. 2); the daily productivity of drilling operations often exceeded t10 m of core per day. By the end of field season the hole reached the mark of 3543,56 m. The newly formed layer was named 5G-3. It was 227 m of ice left till the surface of lake

Page 164: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

164

Vostok which enables to plan the second penetration to the lake in the next field season.

During drilling operations 122 m of core borings were brought to the surface in total. In the glaciological laboratories the ice formed from lake Vostok water was structurally surveyed, its conductivity was measured, the samples were selected and tested for gas, isotopic, chemical and biological analysis.

Unsealing of subglacial lake Vostok

The drilling of last 10 m could be classified as penetration of

lake Vostok. The final modernization of the circulation system was done at the depth of 3762 m. Starting from depth of 3760 m, at each run there was a slight amount of water in the form of ice on the surface of the bore bit, icing of the bore bit to the core barrel and unmoving iced to the body of catching knives.

The presence of water could be explained by the inflow of water from lake at the moment of hydraulic fracture crack formation during the failure of the bore bit. The process of hydraulic fracture formation during the drilling and production of oil and gas is well studied and used for enhanced oil recovery [1, 3, 7]. All technological process characteristics of the last 171st run during which the lake Vostok was opened were registered by the drilling data control station. After the mark of 0,4 m the bore bit torque unexpectedly dropped to the 0 and the sensor of face output showed that it raised sharply. This situation was predicted during the preparation for the unsealing. The water flowed to the hole under pressure and lifted the bore bit due to pressure difference of 0,1 MPa the bore bit was lifted by the bearing power about 1200 N.

The lake Vostok unsealing moment was registered on 05.02.2012 at 20.21 (Moscow time). In about 1 minute the speed of water lifting matched with the speed if bore bit lifting which was verified by the decrease of values of the sensor of face output. Later on the influence of the rising water level was shown by the rising values of sensor when the rate if revolution of the gin was decreasing during the process of cabling at the ribs. This influence lasted for about 17 minutes and stopped after the depth of 3400 m.

The removed drill string was covered by the layer of ice. The thickness of the ice at the barrel core was about 5 mm, at the

Page 165: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

165

elements with diameter of 108 mm the floe ice layer thickness was up to 15 mm and all sections were willed with monolithic ice.

According to the taken measurements in May, 2012 after the freezing of water which flowed into the borehole, the level of the fluid was at the depth of 42,7 m and the surface of the solid water was at the depth of about 3200 m (at the recalculation of the length of the core borings). During the penetration of the lake it was planned to ensure the fluid pressure at the drilled depth of about 3 bars less than the pressure of the lake water to enable its flow to the borehole at the level of 30 m.

The significant rise of the water after the unsealing of the lake could be explained by the appearance of the hydraulic fracture crack (probably several cracks) at the depth of 300-3000 m. Starting form 40th RAE such facts were observed periodically at the borehole [10] which manifested in the decrease of fluid level when adding to the loading material hole.

Conclusion

During the drilling of the deep borehole at Vostok station a

large amount of data was collected which will enable the creation of an accurate model of the processes going in the hole when drilling it as well as unsealing of the subglacial waters. The correction of technological parameters of drilling and redesign of the drilling tool allow to be sure that when drilling the hole at the depth of more than 3000 m we can reach the same productivity as at the higher water level. The preliminary analysis of the unsealing of lake Vostok and 5G-1 hole drilling data of January 2013 allow to confirm that the washing fluid did not get in to the lake water and the lake water pressure at the ice foot as it was suggested earlier almost equals the ground pressure of ice.

This work was done within the framework of Project 2

“Complex research of unique subglacial lake Vostok including the penetration of the lake with lake water sample collection and glaciological research of Antarctic” and sub-programme “Research and examination of Antarctic” Federal Special Purpose Programme “Global ocean”.

Page 166: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

166

References

1. Bashkatov A.D. Progressive technologies of borehole construction. M.: LLC “Nedra-Bisnescenter”, 2003. 554 p. 2. Vasiliev N.I., Lipenkov V.Y., Dmitriev A.N., Podolyak A.V., Zubkov V.M. Results and peculiarities of borehole 5G drilling and first unsealing of lake Vostok / “Ice and snow” •№ 4 (120), 2012 • P.12-20 3. Zheltov Y.P., Khristianovich S.A.. On hydraulic fracturing of the oil-bearing seam // Bulletin of RAS of USSR. OTN 1955. № 5. P. 3–41. 4. Kudryashov B.B., Chistyakov V.K., Morev V.A. Drilling of icecap of Antarctica with heat method // 25 years of Soviet Antarctic expedition. L.: Gidrometizdat, 1983. P. 149–158. 5. Kudryashov B.B., Chistyakov V.K., Litvinenko V.S. Drilling of boreholes under the conditions of changes of aggregate state of rocks. L.: Nedra, 1991. 295 p. 6. Lipenkov V.Y., Polyakova E.V., Duval P., Preobrazhenskaya A.V. Peculiarities of the Antarctic icecap structure near the Vostok station basing on the results of petrofabric researches of ice core // Problems of Arctic and Antarctic. 2007. Issue. 76. P. 68–77. 7. Maksimovich G.K. Hydraulic seam fracture of oil seams. M.: Gostopteckhizdat, 1957. 98 p. 8. Patent RF № 1472613 of 20.07.94. Electromechanical core drilling tool spring / B.B. Kudryahsov, N.I. Vasiliev, V.K. Chistyakov, V.V. Ufaev. 9. Augustin L., Panichi S., Frascati F. EPICA Dome C 2 drilling operations: performances, difficulties, results // Annals of Glaciology. 2007. V. 47. P. 68–72 p. 10. Kudryashov B.B., Vasiliev N.I., Vostretsov R.N., Dmitriev A.N., Zubkov V.M., Krasilev A.V., Talalay P.G., Barkov N.I., Lipenkov V.Ya., Petit J.R. Deep ice coring at Vostok Station (East Antarctica) by an electromechanical dril // Mem. Natl Inst. Polar Res.: Spec. Issue. 2002. 56. P. 91–102. 11.Vasiliev N.I. Some features of ice drilling technology by drill on a hoisting cable // Mem. Natl Inst. Polar Res.: Spec. Issue. 2002. 56. P. 136–141.

Page 167: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

167

List of key words

Borehole, deep drilling, drilling parameters, hydrofracturing, ice core, ice sheet, subglacial Lake Vostok, unsealing.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 168: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

168

Lobacheva O.L.

Removal and separation of the Sm+3и Eu +3

from aquations solutions by ion flotation approach

Removal and separation of ions Sm and Eu from aqueous solutions by the ion flotation method.Currently, the methods of surface separation of substances are widely used for the removal and separation of ions of rare-earth metals (REM) [1]. For the production of concentrates containing 60-70% of mixed rare earth metals in the form of oxides, extracted ore is processed mainly with the use of flotation technology [2]. In the process of flotation surface-active agent (surfactant) interacts with inorganic ions and together with foam can be removed from the solution.

In the work we investigated the distribution of ions of rare-earth metals Ce+3 group in the system «water solution-foam phase», formed model nitrate solutions of their salts and dodecylsulfate sodium. Figure 1 shows a diagram of flotation process in liquid-phase systems containing rare-earth metals and surfactants.

Fig. 1 Кdistribution Sm+3in the system Sm(3+)-NaDS-H2O

Page 169: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

169

With the purpose to find conditions for the most complete selection of the rare-earth metals of the work was the dependence of the coefficient of distribution of rare-earth metals between water and organic phases from pH of the solution. As the model used the aqueous solutions of nitrates Sm(3+), Eu(3+) with a concentration of 0.001 mol/kg, as flotation agent - sodium dodecylsulfate, the concentration of which corresponded to the stoichiometry of the reaction: Me+3+3DS-=Me(DS)3; i.e. 0.003 mol/kg, that is 0.864 g/kg (DS-- dodecylsulfate-ion). рН of the solution set with the help of solutions of nitric acid or sodium hydroxide. The volume of this solution ranged from 100 to 200 ml form with surfactant strong complexes, which are due to hydrophobic properties of alkyl radicals are moving in the bubble phase. The pH at which begins extracting, equal to 6.3 per cent for the Eu+3 and 6.5 for Sm+3 . All of these pH values below the values of pH of hydrate formation (the region of values of pH, in which flows of education), which testifies to the flotation not hydroxides, and dodecylsulfate of Sm+3 and Eu+3 [3]. рН extraction above the pH of the beginning of chelation. We can conclude that rare-earth metals флотируются in the form of the dodecylsulfate s bases. It is established, that at pH=4 (acidic environment) it is possible the selective separation of the investigational of rare-earth metals and when this is achieved the maximum removing ions of Sm+3 out of solutions.

Bibliography 1. Grieves R.B., Charewicz W.R.//Sep. Sci. 1975. V.10. N 1. p.77-92. 2. A.V. Naumov. Rare metals //Non-Ferrous metallurgy, № 2. 2008. with. 8-18. 3. D.E. Chirkst, O.L.. Lobacheva, I.V. Berlinskii. //Rus. J. of Applied Chemistry. Т.83. № 11. 2009. p.1-6.

Keywords

Rare-earth elements, ion flotation, pH-hydroxocomplexes, surface-active substances.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 170: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

170

Marenkin S.F., Fedorchenko I.V.

Granular structure Zn3P2-MnP as promising materials of spintronics

The main problem is the lack of modern electronics materials

for the implementation of emerging problems. The most striking example of this crisis is a modern multi-core processor, which is the need to parallelize applications. Several years core clock speed of the processor is not increased, and the increase of overall performance is achieved by increasing the number of cores in the processor. This scheme is dictated by the inability to take the heat from the unit area by increasing the work frequency of the core. Obviously, you need to apply new approaches. The most promising solution in this area is spintronics. Spintronic devices have such advantages as energy non-stable, significantly lower power consumption and consequently lower parasitic losses (in the form of heat transfer). Spintronic devices such as hard disk, magnetoresistive random access memory have long been part of our lives. These devices consist of two ferromagnetic layers separated by a nonmagnetic layer.

Fig. 1 The magnetoresistance in multilayer

Page 171: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

171

One of the magnetization of the ferromagnetic layers is constant and the second magnetization can vary depending on the applied field. When co-directional magnetization of the ferromagnetic layer low resistance of the structure, and if the opposite direction - the resistance increases significantly (Fig. 1).

The main problem for the further integration of spintronics in modern instrumentation, is the incompatibility of electronic and spintronic components on a single chip. The solution to this problem is the creation of ferromagnetic materials which are combined with the semiconductor chip based. Furthermore, the creation of multilayer structures has certain technological difficulties, so the greatest interest is the creation of single-walled structures that implement this principle.

In these structures, the magnetoresistance arises from the fact that in the absence of magnetic field angle between the magnetic moments of adjacent ferromagnetic nanoclusters can be arbitrary (random). Whereas in a strong magnetic field applied magnetic moments are aligned along the field (Fig. 2).

Fig. 2 Scheme of the magnetoresistance in single-layer structure of the semiconductor-ferromagnet

The advantage of these composite materials is that there is no

magnetoresistance in a multilayer, but single-layer two-dimensional structure. These structures are more sophisticated, but to create it is necessary to search a system consisting of a ferromagnetic phase with a Curie temperature (TC) above room temperature, and nemagnetik. It is important that the phases are chemically inert to each other and do not form a solution together. To create these composites systems of eutectic type with limited

Page 172: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

172

solubility of the components are optimal. Studies on the nature of magnetism based on ferromagnetic semiconductor compounds AIIBIVCV2 with Mn, of high TC showed that the magnetic properties are determined in nanoclusters of manganese pnictides, such as MnP, MnAs or MnSb [1]. In [2, 3], it was found that the samples of compounds and ZnGeAs2 CdGeAs2, doped with manganese, have differences of magnetoresistance, which confirmed the possibility of the GMR effect in single-layer structure of the ferromagnet-semiconductor interface.

The research object Zn3P2 was chosen because it can be obtained in the form of thin films by vacuum thermal evaporation and hence it can be considered as a matrix for the creation of two-dimensional composite structures semiconductor-ferromagnet.

The synthesis of composite was performed by the reaction of the composite: 3ZnP2 +4 Mn = Zn3P2 + 4MnP. This type of synthesis is more efficient, since because of the high volatility of phosphorus in the synthesis of the elements have difficulty obtaining samples of controlled composition. Inicial powder was prepared from zinc diphosphide ZnP2 crystals and doubly oversublimated Early Mn composition is heated to the melting point ZnP2 and held for 2 hours, then the temperature was raised to mp Zn3P2, conducted vibration stirring maintained for 3 hours, and then rapidly cooled vials.

Identification of samples was carried out by X-ray analysis and spark mass spectroscopy, which confirmed the presence of the phases in the samples only MnP and Zn3P2 in relations 57 % MnP and 43 % Zn3P2.

Magnetic properties were investigated in the temperature range of 5-310K and magnetic fields induction 0,01-14Tl on vibrating sample magnetometer cryogenics company. The temperature dependence of the magnetization of the composite Zn3P2 + MnP, measured in magnetic fields of 0.01 and 0.1 T, has good correspondence with the temperature dependence of the magnetization characteristic of MnP due to it can be concluded that the magnetic properties of the composite phosphide manganese defined.

On the magnetization curve Zn3P2 + MnP on the magnetic field at 0-10Tl 7K hysteresis is seen, that is typical for polycrystalline MnP. Because small width of the hysteresis loop for

Page 173: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

173

composite low value of the coercive force is characteristics it shows nanoscale inclusions MnP.

Samples number 1 and number 2 for the measurements of the temperature dependence of the resistance and magnetoresistance were obtained by compression pressure 6GPa at 293 and 400 K, respectively. Resistance of the samples was measured by 4-probe method with current not exceeding 10 mA. For samples the metallic type of conductivity is typical. The results of measurements of the magnetoresistance of samples are shown in figure 3

Fig. 3 The relationship between the resistance of the magnetic field (1, 2 - sample № 1, 3, 4 - sample № 2 at 7

and 270K, correspondently) Drop in R with increasing magnetic field points to the spin-

dependent nature of the change and confirms the possibility of occurrence of the GMR in granular structures. For sample number 1 change ΔR / R was 9.6 and 2.3 %, and the sample number 2 resistance change ΔR / R was 8.5 and 2.1 %, respectively, at 7 and

Page 174: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

174

270K in a magnetic field 14Tl. This significant change in the resistance of the magnetic field shows promise Zn3P2 + MnP composite material as spintronics.

References

1. В.М. Новоторцев, С.Ф. Маренкин, И.В. Федорченко, А.В. Кочура, Физико-химические основы синтеза новых ферромагнетиков из халькопиритов AIIBIVCV

2 // ЖНХ, 2010, Т. 55, № 11, Стр. 1868-1880; 2. L. Kilanski, I.V. Fedorchenko, S.F. Marenkin and et., Colossal linear magnetoresistance in a CdGeAs2:MnAs micro-composite ferromagnet//Solid State Communications 2011, 151, Р. 870–873; 3. L. Kilanski, I.V. Fedorchenko, S.F. Marenkin and et., Magnetism and magnetotransport of strongly disordered Zn1-XMnXGeAs2 semiconductor: The role of nanoscale magnetic clusters // J. of Applied Physics, 2010, 108, Р. 073925.

Key words

Spintronics, magnetoresistive effect, giant magnetoresistance, semiconductors, ferromagnets, nanoclusters, granular structure, manganese phosphide, zinc phosphide, composite materials.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 175: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

175

Moskalev A

Analysis of transcription of Drosophila melanogaster affected by low dose gamma-irradiation, 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-

dioxin, toluene and formaldehyde

As a result of the development of nuclear and chemical industries, the increasing incidence of man-made disasters increases the mutagenic load on human and environment. Relevant is the comparative study of the cellular mechanisms induced by different stressors of chemical and physical nature. The results of such studies can be used as the basis for the creation of new methods of bioindication and biosensing of low doses of pollutants.

It was studied the effect on the Drosophila melanogaster imagoes (males and females separately) of the following types of stressors: external gamma radiation from the Ra226 source (5.5h at dose rate 36 μGy/h, absorbed dose - 20 sGy), or adding to the culture medium of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (265 ng/ml, 3 days), or adding to the culture medium of toluene (50 μM/l, 3 days), or treatment by vapors of 7% formaldehyde solution (per day). Total RNA was isolated for deep sequencing. Quantity and quality of isolated RNA were measured using the NanoDrop 2000, Qubit 2.0 and Agilent 2100 Bioanalazer. After that study, which had given satisfactory results, sample preparation was carried out by RNAseq by Illumina GAIIx. In total, it was studied the expression of 15222 transcripts in each variant of the impact and control samples. Statistical analysis of the data was performed - using edgeR and DESeq libraries in R language environment; string-db.org, KEGG and GO databases; as well as with self-developed software. We found top-100 differently expressed genes in flies under each type of stress in comparison with control. Every top-list was clustered by distance between genes and then enriched with other fly genes, included in clusters. The distance between genes was calculated using string-db.org database. The new list of genes was clustered using KEGG-mapper and finally was obtained a list of pathways. Every pathway was assigned enrichment-score, calculated as a proportion of number of genes from the list included in the pathway from number of genes in every pathway. We considered score reliable if it was not less than 0.5.

Page 176: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

176

We found that homologs of vertebrate progesterone-mediated oocyte maturation pathway is presented in all female-pathways lists, and is not presented in male ones. Ascorbate and aldarate metabolism and Retinol metabolism pathway homologs are presented in both male and female lists in dioxin, formaldehyde and toluene lists. The correlation between all these types of stress and retinol metabolism is confirmed by literature data, but there have not been any information between correlation of these types of stress and Ascorbate and aldarate metabolism pathway yet, what makes us suppose that this is new unknown marker of dioxin, formaldehyde and toluene treatments. Notch signaling pathway, TFG-beta signaling pathway, MAPK signaling pathway, Proteasome, Basal transcription factors, Nucleotide excision repair, Jak-STAT signaling pathway, Circadian rhythm, Phototransduction, Hippo signaling pathway, mTOR signaling pathway, Ribosome, Mismatch repair, RNA polymerase, Hedgehog signaling pathway, Caffeine metabolism, DNA replication pathway homologs are presented in all pathways lists. We suppose that this means, that all this pathways are related to aging. Most of these pathways are already recognized as markers of aging. Pentose phosphate pathway homologs present only in dioxin list. It has been known, that dioxin treatment induces this pathway. It is responsible for the generation of NADPH required for the maintenance of GSH in its reduced state and, thus, the protection of cells from reactive oxygen intermediates. Drug metabolism - cytochrome P450 pathway have got enough score only in formaldehyde list. Its connection to formaldehyde stress is confirmed by literature data.

The study was supported by grant from the Federal Program "Scientific and scientific-pedagogical personnel of innovative Russia" N 14.B37.21.0560.

Keywords

Bioindications, RNASeq, chemical contaminants, ionizing radiation, low dozes, Drosophila

<Translated from Russian>

Page 177: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

177

Muratova E.I., Smolikhina P.M.

The use of regional raw materials for creating confectionery products for functional purposes

Micronutrient deficiencies in the Russian Federation are widespread in all seasons and in all age groups. The level of consumption of fruits and vegetables (one of the main elements of the diet recommended by the WHO) is on average two times lower than in Western countries. In these circumstances, the establishment and active introduction to the dietary patterns of different groups of functional foods based on local plant raw material and its processing products is relevant and it will allow to come closer to solving the problem of the Russian population healthy eating and the rational use of resource base of agriculture raw materials.

Confectionery products are in great demand, but their main drawback is the imbalance of micronutrient composition on the background of high energy value. One of the most suitable raw material components for the enrichment of flour and sugar confectionery are medicinal and aromatic herbs, vegetables, fruit in the form of powder or various extracts.

Tambov region has one of the highest rates in the production of fruit and vegetables in the Central Black Earth region [1]. In connection with the development of the concept of “Saving health through healthy eating” the demand for fruit and vegetables, including for functional purposes, both fresh and processed, in the Tambov region and in the country on the whole increases every year.

Prospects of the development of this area are practically unlimited. From a wide variety of plant species people use only a small part of the BAS as sources, further narrow the species composition of the industrial vitamin herbal products. The main reason for this situation, along with insufficient knowledge of the chemical composition, fluctuations of major BAS depending on the time of harvest, growing conditions, storage and processing, is the increased complexity of the development of rational methods of

Page 178: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

178

introducing plant semi-finished products into confectionery recipes.

Powdered semi-finished products prepared from local herbs were used as functional additives. Pumpkin and carrot powder containing vitamins A, B, C, E, carotenoids and other vitamin-like substances, dietary fiber, macro- and micronutrients (potassium, calcium, iron, magnesium) is received by combined convection-pulse vacuum drying, allowing maximum preserve of all biologically valuable substances that make up the raw material. Whipped cream and jelly candies having a gelatinous consistency and low, compared to other confectionery, energy value served as objects of enrichment. To justify the ways of introducing functional additives in formula mixture, their functional and technological properties were investigated.

In this article we use the conventional and special methods of investigation of the properties of raw materials, semi-finished and finished products. The mass fraction of water was determined by infrared thermogravimetric method according to State Standard R8.626-2006 on the device EVLAS-2M (JSC “Sibagropribor”, Russia), the activity of water – by chilled mirror dew point sensor method on the device AquaLab LITE (Decagon Deices, USA), the rheological properties of candy mass – by the method of rotational viscometry on the device HAAKE VT7-R plus (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Germany), the structural and mechanical properties of the gels (molded candies) – by the texture analyzer CT3 Texture Analyzer (Brookfield engineering laboratories, inc., USA).

The recipe of whipped cream candies included carrot powder in the amount from 1.0% to 10.0% by mass of the molded candies with replacement of dry substance equivalent to sugar. Carrot powder is rich in carotenoids (65-70 mg/100 g) and its finely dispersed structure and content of fat-containing materials in the recipe mixture of the whipped mass allow to extract the maximum powerful antioxidants that increases the probability of their assimilation by the human organism. Swelling of polysaccharides in the condensed milk helps to intensify the process of structure formation from 24 hours to 45-60 minutes and get a semi-finished product with stable structural and mechanical characteristics allowing to make molding of candies by jigging method.

It was revealed that the use of hydrated powder leads to the formation of the unstable, prone to syneresis system, while the

Page 179: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

179

swelling of pectin and polysaccharides of the powder added in dry form occurs due to the liquid in the whipped mass, which contributes to the hydrostatic balance of the system.

Consuming the recommended norm of whipped candies with the addition of carrot powder, the satisfaction of daily physiological needs in carotenoids by 30-100% is ensured (table 1). Temperature settings on the stage of introduction of functional ingredients (up to 55-60º C) allow to preserve the maximum vitamin composition of raw materials.

Table 1

Food and energy value of whipped sweets

Rates With the addition of 10% carrot

powder

Basic recipe

Energy, kcal 407,0 438,07 Protein, g 2,55 2,44 Fat, g 22,79 22,78 Carbohydrates, g 47,91 55,71 Pectin, g 0,12 – Dietary fiber, g 5,0 – Vitamins Vitamin C, mg 12,8 0,47

Carotenoids, mg 7,0 0,02

Pumpkin powder featuring high content of pectin and

delicate structure of fibers was added to the jelly mass in the amount of 0.5-3.0%.

The use of vegetable powders on tempering stage, besides increasing viscosity of the jelly mass hindering the orientation of pectin macromolecules in the formation of the grid frame, leads to the destruction of the monolithic structure and the formation of irregular jelly structure. In order to prevent these drawbacks powders were used in the mixture with pectin on the stage of syrup preparation. With this method of introduction we can get the maximum swelling and dissolution of pectin and polysaccharides of the powder. Consumption of recommended norm of jellies with added pumpkin powder provides satisfaction of daily physiological needs in pectin substances at 43-100% (table 2).

Page 180: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

180

Table 2 Food and energy value of jellies

Rates With the addition

of 3% pumpkin powder

Basic recipe

Energy, kcal 341,4 352,0 Protein, g 1,15 1,15 Fat, g 7,55 7,55 Carbohydrates, g 68,15 70,26 Pectin, g 6,1 1,2 Dietary fiber, g 4,1 - Vitamins Vitamin C, mg 11,1 1,1

Carotenoids, mg 0,52 -

When developing a new kind of pastry it is necessary to

study changes in consumer characteristics during the storage to determine the expiration date.

It was found that due to the high water absorption vegetable powders link water available in the product, reduce its activity, prevent migration and slow evaporation. The loss of water by the molded candies is 3 times lower compared to the control (fig. 1).

Page 181: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

181

Fig. 1 Changes in the mass fraction of moisture of whipped sweets: 1 – with the addition of 10% carrot powder, 2 – with the addition

of 2% carrot powder, 3 – control sample.

The results have shown that vegetable powders can act as additives which reduce water activity (fig. 2), which can stabilize the physicochemical and microbiological rates of products during their storage and increase their expiration date.

Fig. 2 Moisture sorption isotherm: 1, 2 – mass of whipped cream without additives and with the addition of 10% carrot powder; 3.4 – jelly mass without additives and with the addition of 3% pumpkin

powder

Page 182: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

182

When stratified combination of whipped and jelly semi-

finished products is used, vegetable powders act as ingredients that modify the properties of the interphase boundary: vegetable powders bind free moisture in the molded candy mass and adsorb it from the surface. This reduces the adhesive tension which allows to fulfill quality interaction of combinable layers. Figure 3 shows the dependence of the strength of the adhesive interaction between the layers from the depth of separation, with different content of powders in the whipped mass and mold temperature of the jelly layer. The strength of the adhesive contacts increases by more than 30% compared to control samples (fig. 3).

Fig. 3 – Dependence of the adhesion strength

from the depth of separation: 1 – 5 %, 105º C; 2 – 5 % 95º C;

3 – without powders, 105º C; 4 – without powders, 95º C.

Studies have shown that during the test of control samples

adhesive or mixed rupture usually happens, and the test of samples with the addition of vegetable powders – mostly cohesive. Production of molded candies according to the proposed guidelines can provide strength of adhesive layer coupling not only at the time

Page 183: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

183

of manufacturing (fig. 4), but also at the storage of samples during the expiration date.

Fig. 4 – Saving the structure of combined framework with the mechanical action of disk blade

Similar studies have been done earlier to establish if it is

possible to use powdered fruit semi-finished products and phytonutrients as recipe ingredients for other fruit jelly products, fondant sweets, confectionery, pastry and pasty products based on honey [2-6].

For example, in the production of marshmallows vegetable or fruit and berry powders when added to egg albumin in the amount of 25-30% contribute to the stability of the foam for 30%. Herewith the duration of churning for maximum foaming capacity increases slightly. It was found that with the addition of powders, the loss of mass fraction of moisture by marshmallow compared to control is in 3 times less. Thus, the structural and mechanical, physical and chemical properties of marshmallow remain stable until the expiration date.

Addition of powders can significantly slow down the process of “staling” of fondant candies, reducing water loss for 2.5 times. Simultaneously the process of moisture adsorption by polysaccharides of powders and the process of swelling occur that cause supersaturation of interstitial syrup (liquid phase) and the formation of additional nucleation. In this form smaller crystals of sucrose are formed which leads to improved organoleptic characteristics of candies.

Page 184: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

184

The use of powdered phytonutrients, vegetable, fruit and/or berry powders as recipe ingredients allows not only to create a new recipe compositions of spreads based on honey with improved consumer characteristics, but also to use honey with moisture 19,0 – 21,0% as a raw material which requires special storage conditions at low temperature (4 to 10° C) to prevent microbial spoilage of the product. The use of herbal, vegetable, fruit and berry powders allows to reduce product moisture to 16,0-18,9 %, which ensures the stability of microbial indicators of spreads during their storage at 20° C. In addition, polysaccharides composing phytonutrients, vegetable, fruit and/or berry powders, are able to swell, obtain a high water-holding capacity and act as stabilizers of consistency of the spread.

Thus, powdered semi-finished products, prepared from regional raw materials of plant origin, have a complex of functional and technological properties allowing to recommend them for using as recipe ingredients for a wide range of confectionery products.

Bibliography

1. Макаров В.Н. Кластер по производству продуктов питания функционального назначения как модель инновационного развития АПК Тамбовской области [Текст]/ В.Н. Макаров, А.Н. Квочкин, Ю.П. Антонова // Вестник Мичуринского аграрного университета. – 2011. – №2. – С. 111-115. 2. Смолихина П.М. Разработка кондитерских изделий для здорового питания [Текст] / П.М. Смолихина, Д.В. Леонов // Сборник материалов X юбилейной международной научно-практической конференции и выставки «Технологии и продукты здорового питания. Функциональные пищевые продукты», конференции молодых ученых «Инновационные технологии продуктов здорового питания». – М.: МГУПП, 2012. – С. 250-252. 3. Пат. 2409215 Российская Федерация, RU 2409215 С1 МПК А23G3/00 Способ производства желейных конфет с фитодобавками [Текст] / Муратова Е.И., Леонов Д.В., Смолихина П.М., заявитель и патентообладатель Тамб. гос.

Page 185: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

185

техн. ун-т. – заявл. № 2009128281 от 21.07.09; опубл. 20.01.11. 4. Пат. 2402915 Российская Федерация, RU 2402915 С1 МПК А23G3/00 Способ производства помадных конфет с фитодобавками [Текст] / Муратова Е.И., Леонов Д.В., Смолихина П.М., заявитель и патентообладатель Тамб. гос. техн. ун-т. – заявл. № 2009128282 от 21.07.09; опубл. 20.01.10. 5. Пат. 2454078 Российская Федерация, RU 242454078 С1 МПК А23G3/00 Способ производства конфет с комбинированными корпусами [Текст] / Муратова Е.И., Леонов Д.В., Смолихина П.М., заявитель и патентообладатель Тамб. гос. техн. ун-т. – заявл. № 2010154781 от 30.12.10; опубл. 27.06.12. 6. Пат. 2451454 Российская Федерация, RU 2451454 С2 МПК A23L1/00 Способ производства пастообразных продуктов на основе меда (варианты) [Текст] / Артамонова Е.В., Муратова Е.И., Леонов Д.В., заявитель и патентообладатель Тамб. гос. техн. ун-т. заявл. № 2010152689 от 11.03.10; опубл. 27.05.12.

Key words

Confectionery, candy mass, micronutrients, honey spreads, vegetable powders, phytonutrients, functional foods.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 186: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

186

Ovchinnikov P.E.

Neural Network Signal Processing in Monopulse Location

Introduction

Nowadays artificial neural network (ANN) technologies are widely applied in various systems of data processing. Particulary neural networks are used in processing of radio signals [1].

The monopulse method is meant for definition of the direction on a pulse source of radiation. The direction is defined on a pulse source by comparison of the signals accepted at the same time on two and more directional antennas [2].

For determination of one angular coordinate by amplitude monopulse method the relation of amplitudes E1, E2 arriving from different channels of antenna system is calculated. Calculation of coordinates of source is reduced to solve of system of nonlinear equations. The main restriction of this method is an impossibility of processing of signals in case of two and more sources.

Neural Network Method of Location Signals Processing In the presence of two and more signal sources it is proposed

to use neural network structure for estimation of distribution of radiation on area of visibility of antenna system. The neural network is used here for approximation of multidimensional function of a set of variables. Powers of received signals (or the relations of powers) are used as variables. Thus, for each input of a neural network corresponding to one antenna, the signal was formed as the total power of all signals from the sources which was captured by the corresponding directional antenna.

As the neural network has to form at the output distribution of power, the output layer of a network has to contain a large number of neurons (about several hundred). Such quantity of outputs is necessary to create a grid, capable to cover scope of antenna system. The choice of the size of a network is connected with demanded resolution of a network and computing resources.

Page 187: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

187

During modeling Gaussian functions were used as directional patterns of elements of antenna system. Training set was formed as follow. Each arrangement of sources was modelled as the sum of Gaussians from separate sources. This distribution characterizes a power level from all active sources in each point of scope. This distribution is sampled according to the sizes of an output layer of ANN. Then each sample is used as a desired output of the corresponding neuron of an output layer during training. For training on such set the backpropagation algorithm with criterion of a mean square error was used.

In an operating mode (when the network has trained) the measured powers of signals of antenna system are set on the input of network. Then the estimation of spatial distribution of power is received from output. For estimation of number of sources and their coordinates post-processing of ANN output signal was used. Post-processing consisting in creation of model of distribution of power and its comparison with ANN output signal. This problem is solved by multidimensional optimization of function of a mismatch between ANN output and formed model of distribution on a set of parameters of sources (quantity, coordinates and powers). For robustness increase optimization was performed in two stages: the first – optimization on number of sources and their coordinates, the second – optimization on powers at the fixed coordinates of sources.

Results of modeling For carrying out numerical experiments in the work program

realization of multilayer perceptron was used. Backpropagation algorithm was used as a training procedure. ANN training for recognition tasks requires a training set, therefore training set was formed from specially generated signals as it is described above.

For modeling the directional pattern consisting of 19 rays was used.

Modeling was carried out for a network containing 900 neurons in output layer. Such quantity allowed to achieve acceptable resolution and training time.

The error of determination of coordinates with one source didn't exceed 3% from width of scope. If number of sources is increased then the error of determination of coordinates is increasing. In particular, for three sources the error is about 12%.

Page 188: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

188

The further increase in sources leads to stronger falling of accuracy. Besides, the relative arrangement of sources has strong impact on resolution.

The proposed algorithm allows to estimate number of sources of radiation in the antenna system scope.

Conclusion

Application of a neural network in a problem of estimation

of coordinates of sources of radiation is considered by methods of a passive monopulse location. Computer modeling showed that application of neural network approach allows to construct the system estimating quantity of sources and their coordinate with an accuracy, depending on number of sources. Further research of the offered method of neural network processing in the conditions of noise and real directional patterns is supposed.

References

1. Нейрокомпьютеры в системах обработки сигналов. / Под ред. Гуляева Ю.В. и Галушкина А.И.. М: Радиотехника, 2003. 2. .Леонов А.И., Фомичев К.И. Моноимпульсная радиолокация. М.: Радио и связь, 1984. - 312 с.

Keywords

Location, signal processing, neural network, learning, monopulse method, nonlinear method, distribution of power, positioning, number of sources, antenna.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 189: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

189

Rabinovich O.I., Didenko S.I.

To the question of increasing the quantum efficiency of light-emitting diodes

Solid solutions of AIIIBV and AIIBVI for a long time attract

developers of optoelectronic devices. They are the most promising materials for the production of light and laser diodes emitting in the entire visible and ultraviolet (240 - 620 nm) wavelengths. For the study of semiconductor materials such as multicomponent nanoheterostructures (MCNH) and devices based on them, for rapid analysis it is convenient to use the possibilities of computer simulation [1]. For simulation of light-emitting diodes (LEDs) based on solid solutions with InGaN quantum-wells (QWs) in the present there were created settings files devices (device file) and material parameters (material file). For each individual LED in its file device geometric dimensions emitters, QW and barriers, the number of QW and barriers, the composition of the solid solution, the conductivity type, concentration, and the activation energy of dopants in each area LEDs were indicated. In the parameter file of materials parameters such as the band gap, refractive index, optical absorption, thermal conductivity, mobility and lifetime of charge carriers, the electron affinity, the coefficients of radiative and non-radiative recombination, etc., only for the 25 parameters were determined.

If the LED active region is a set of QW with the same length ηVВн, it is equal to the ratio of radiative recombination of nonequilibrium carriers to the total:

к

ИзлкВнОбщ

U

U

where ηВн-internal quantum efficiency, k – QW number from 1 till m, Uk

Изл –radiative recombination velocity, UkОбщ –total

recombination velocity. It has been suggested that the decline ηВн at high current

densities j > 10 A/cm2 (Fig. 1) due to the decrease of the hole injection into the active region with an increase in forward bias on the p-n-junction. In an experimental study used the LED as close in structure to simulate, on substrates Al2O3.

Page 190: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

190

0 20 40 60 80 100

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

Вн,

abs.

un

.

I,mA

green LED

blue LED

UV ED

UV ED nonpolar

Fig. 1 Quantum efficiency vs current

Simulation in this study was carried out under the condition

of independence of the capture coefficient “B” on the concentration of charge carriers at the mechanism of radiative recombination and provided equal characteristic times τn0 = τp0 = 10-9 with a Shokley-Hall-Read (ShHR) mechanism of non-radiative recombination. Under these conditions, the effect of reducing ηВн with increasing current density is missing. If we assume that the characteristic times and τn0 τp0 are not equal, then in a fairly wide range of current density ηВн will decrease with increasing injection level due to redistribution of injected carriers between the quantum well. In the InGaN quantum wells nonradiative recombination rate ShHR describes a model which is caused by dislocations and the existence of deep impurity levels, as well as the capture of injected electrons and holes, and their different lifetimes. In this paper it was carried out MCNH simulation containing In atoms in the QW

X = 0.2 and 0.3, and when the difference of the characteristic times

τn0 = 10-11 s and τp0 = 10-8c. It was assumed that the value of the capture coefficient in the mechanism of radiative recombination

B = 10-10 cm3 / s, is independent of the current density. Such oxygen forms deep energy levels near the middle of the band gap, the electron capture by the centers will be faster than the holes. This model is correlated with [2] where it has been established experimentally that the lifetime of the charge carriers in the InGaN

Page 191: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

191

/ GaN MQW LEDs greatly increase. Under these conditions, simulation showed that, in a sufficiently wide range of current density value of the internal quantum efficiency will decrease with increasing injection level due to redistribution of injected carriers between the QWs.

One way to reduce this negative effect is the use of silicon (111) substrates for growing MCNH, given the similar structure of the active region MCNH.

References

1 Winston D.W., Physical simulation of optoelectronic semiconductor devices. The thesis for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering of the University of Colorado, 1996. 2. Chichibu Sh.F., Uedono A., OnumaT. Origin of defect-insensitive emission probability in In-containing (Al, In, Ga)N alloy semiconductors // Nature materials, 2006, v. 5, P. 810.

Key words

Light emitting diode InGaN, Si, degradation, simulation.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 192: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

192

Radionov A.A., Maklakov A.S.

Research of influence the three-level active rectifiers based eighteen-pulse rectifier circuit on the supply power

At present, the powerful electric drives that require

improvement of the voltage quality, widely used systems based on eighteen-pulse rectifier with active front end (AFE) rectifier.

The basic advantage of use of AFE rectifiers on the basis of insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) is reliable switching between them. Switching does not depend on supply power, thus, provides reliable and steady work even in the conditions of instability and low power of a network and as much as possible reduces influence on a power line [1]. In passive regimes the AFE rectifier works as the simple rectifier. Transistors are adjusted so that to keep in active regimes at constant level voltage of an alternating current (AC) and to provide sinusoidal a line current. Thanks to self-regulation of the bridge IGBT switching device provides power factor approximately equal to one. The advantages of AFE based on IGBT: self - switching power stage, the fuses are off when the supply voltage dips, low current harmonics filtering costs are not available, a quick adjustment for optimum current control voltage changes, the inverter can increase the direct current (DC) voltage to rated even voltage dips (motor can operate at full power).

The aim of this work is to develop a model of the eighteen-pulse rectifier scheme based on three-level AFE rectifiers and examine the effect of such a rectifier on supply power.

For realization eighteen-pulse rectifier circuit used three transformers with secondary voltages shift angles +20°, 0°, -20°. This shift is accomplished by splitting the primary into two sections. The relationship between the winding following: most of the winding has 65% of the total number of turns, a minority has 35% of the total number of turns [1]. The model is developed in the program MATLAB R2009a and is presented in Fig. 1.

Page 193: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

193

Δ/Δ(0)

Δ/Δ(20)

Δ Δ

Δ Δ

Δ Δ

+20°

-20°

Transformer 1

Transformer 2

Transformer 3

Supply power

А

А

А

В

В

В

С

С

С

а

b

c

а

b

c

а

b

c

+

-

n

+

-

n

+

-

n

А

В

С

А

В

С

А

В

С

C

C

C

C

C

C

AFE rectifier 1

AFE rectifier 2

AFE rectifier 3 Fig.1. Imitating model of the eighteen-pulse rectifier circuit based

on three-level active rectifiers MATLAB R2009a Simulink

Each AFE rectifier is made on the basis of three-level IGBT module with pulse wide modulation (PWM).

Parameters of the scheme:

In fig. 2, (a) and fig. 2, (b) shows the curve current network

during operation with rated load, and a histogram of the spectrum of harmonics.

Is, А

Time, s0 0,2

0,2

0

-500

500

05 10 15 20 251 30 35 37

0,4

0,6

0,8

1

harmonic number

% of fundamental harmonic

а) б)

Fig. 2. Curve network currents (a) and the histogram spectrum of harmonics (b)

Decomposition of current curve in the Fourier series shows

the presence of it, only 35 and 37 harmonics. And the composition of their very low: h35 = 0,13%, h37 = 0,49%. In summary, the mathematical model studies show that the three-level system with

Page 194: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

194

active rectifier based on the eighteen-pulse rectifier circuit has no effect on the network in the area of low-frequency components.

Bibliography

1. Kornilov, G.P., Nikolaev A.A., Hramshin T.R., Murzikov A.A. Modeling of electrotechnical complexes of metallurgical enterprises: studies. Allowance. - Magnitogorsk Magnitogorsk Acad. State. tech. University. G.I. Nosov, 2012.-235s.

Key words

Active rectifier, eighteen-pulse rectifier, spectrum of harmonics, three-level active rectifier, supply power, current pulsation, transformer, shift angle, model.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 195: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

195

Romanova P. B., Mukovnina N. A.

Ways of increase of classification complex efficiency

Railway transport in Russia is extremely important in providing support for diversified economy and socially significant services in transportation of goods and passengers; and it is one of the most reliable means of transport.

In present circumstances transportation of goods by railway seems to be the most stable. Classification yards are the basic element in movement of car traffic volumes within the operating ground.

At the present stage a classification yard can be considered a complex multifunctional system organizing the movement of car traffic volumes. It also technologically integrates all the station enterprises [1].

A car spends about 60% of its turnaround time in the classification complex so technological improvement of the station operation is the main reserve of car acceleration which doesn't require considerable capital investments. A classification yard technologically integrates the work of not only the enterprises forming its part; and its efficient operation can't be achieved without an integrated approach to the organization train traffic volumes [2].

Systematic development of a classification complex requires its operation to be organized with the account of technological decisions not only in the use of the existing infrastructure, but also technologically grounded reconstruction procedures.

In case of a sharp change of train traffic volumes and critical values of this indicator in certain periods, the true reason of a considerable deviation from normal indicators of a classification complex operation doesn't depend on specific executors; it is caused by technological capacities of a classification yard. In this case, besides purely technical, there are also hidden organizational reserves which can be used to increase the capacity of a classification yard. Certainly, reduction of idle times of cars within a classification complex can be ensured by construction of new tracks and extending of the existing tracks in yards; increase of the capacity of a hump yard and hump locomotives. It is also expedient

Page 196: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

196

to reconsider technologies of work with the cars forbidden to put over a hump, taking into account the newest design features of the rolling stock.

The analysis of set standards for processing of car traffic volumes and their actual performance shows that even in spite of annual increase of the car idle time, this indicator isn’t decreasing, but is still growing. If car traffic volumes are organized inefficiently, and activities of workers are uncoordinated, it will cause considerable additional interoperation breaks which lead to increase in a turnaround of a car. This, in turn, involves need for rolling stock increase and, as a result, growth of operational costs.

The main aspect of effective transportation process is development of accurate criteria of interaction of all enterprises of a classification complex.

One of the ways to achieve this target is to develop a regulatory and technological base for the enterprises of a classification complex.

To work out decisions on effective management of transportation process, the personnel should have a set of instructions with standard procedures both in regular and emergency situations (sharp increase of train traffic volumes; lack of locomotive, crews at stations; restrictions in capacity (caused by the technical reasons), etc.

Optimization of car traffic volume movement can be reached with the least expenses by means of:

- accurate planning of technological interaction of enterprises of a classification complex to ensure transportation process;

- analysis and elimination of possible non-standard situations; - expected formation of the plan of work of the station and

locomotive depot taking into account the state of infrastructure of train sections.

The suggested activities will result in: - reduction of idle time of cars at a station; - reduction of idle time of locomotives at a station; - effective organization of locomotive crews operation; - increase in processing of a car traffic volume; - rational use of car fleet. Reduction of idle time of cars and locomotives at

classification yards leads to reduction of capital expenses, increase

Page 197: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

197

of labor productivity and processing capacity, and as a result – decrease in cost of transportations.

Accurate interaction of technical facilities and technological procedures will allow carrying out efficient and continuous work of both a classification complex and operating ground as a whole.

Bibliography

1. Romanova P.B. Monitoring of temporary and quantitative parameters of idle times of cars at classification yards /P. B. Romanova, N.A. Mukovnina// Vestnik transporta Povolzhia (Bulletin of transport of the Volga region). – 2010. - No. 1(21). – P. 77-83. 2. Romanova P.B. Operation of a classification complex with cars of different forms of ownership /P.B. Romanova, N.A. Mukovnina//Railway transport. – 2009. - No. 1. – P. 54-56.

Keywords

Railway transport, classification yard, classification complex, technological idle times of cars, excessive idle times of cars, car traffic volumes, train traffic volumes, technological decisions, idle times of locomotives, technological interaction.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 198: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

198

Safiullin D.H., Akhmetova I.G., Mukhametova L.R. Effectiveness of individual heating units (IHU). The transition

from the CHS to the IHU

In Russia, the time is rapidly approaching large-scale reconstruction of the Soviet, now obsolete central heating systems. For Russia to be able to cope with the enormity of this work, it is not enough just to have good components that can operate reliably in the Russian context. Much more important is the innovation principles of the heating system as a whole. This requires well-founded answer to the question: how to correctly calculate the economic aspects of reconstruction, introducing modern technical and organizational solutions. Within the frame of individual heating systems design that means making a significant changes to the composition of outdated requirements for equipment and circuit design, providing the possibility to mass production of inexpensive, functional systems, allowing clients to have for a reasonable amount of money for energy an efficient equipment.

When you connect the consumer to the heating network it needs heat distribution substation - individual heat point (IHU). Moving to IHU provides regulation and accounting heat on each individual object.

Implementation of IHU in homes potentially gives economic benefits by:

- Provision of heat energy; - Automatic adjustment mode and the amount of supplied

thermal energy; - The elimination of external networks of hot water; - Elimination of central heating units; - Reduce heat loss in heat networks. Equipment of heat consumers by heat meters is regulated by

the Federal Law № 261 "On energy saving and energy efficiency and on Amendments to Certain Legislative Acts of the Russian Federation."

The main objectives of the heat substation are: - Conversion of heat transfer agent - Monitoring and control parameters of the heat transfer

agent,

Page 199: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

199

- The distribution of heat transfer agent in heat distribution systems,

- Turn off heat systems, - Protection of heat consumption systems against accidental

increase in heat systems parameters of the coolant, - Consideration of the heat transfer agent flow rate and heat. HU have a number of advantages, such as: full automation,

small production time, flexibility in the choice of equipment and high efficiency. This makes it possible to install heating units in the basement and inaccessible areas. The introduction of IHU reduces the cost of production and transmission of thermal energy for power supplier.

Reduction of heat loss in the heating systems is reflected in the fact that the transition from the four-pipe to two-pipe heating system reduces the amount of heat loss in the thermal network to 90% of the heat loss in the hot water supply networks.

The effectiveness of IHU can be significantly reduced with poor state of internal heating systems, their misalignment. This will lead to overheating next to the bottling risers underheating remote and, therefore, unsustainable increase in thermal energy consumption even with IHU. The most effective solution to these issues is the implementation of IHU in the energy service contracts. In this case, the contractor is interested not only in the installation of automated unit, but also to obtain maximum savings. Within a frame of an energy service contract the work on setting and adjustment of domestic heating customers can be implemented.

Bibliography 1. Syusyukin A.I., Tarasovskiy V.G. The concept of creating a system of rational use and conservation in the enterprise.// Elektrika.2009. - № 6.-p.33-39.

Keywords

Energy efficiency, individual heater, central heating unit, reducing heat loss, energy service contracts, energy efficiency, automation, heat meter, heating system, costs.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 200: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

200

Shanin V.J., Eliseev D.V.

A method of object recognition and estimation of the state of consciousness

The power of the virtual world is growing every year,

especially in the Internet. Nowadays smart machines are playing an important role in our daily life. It's evident that there's a new approach to the scientific understanding and comprehension of the role of smart machines in our life.

Our electronic appliances control cars, rockets, energy, finances, and in some cases, are able to manage and even to replace a man. Despite the fact that the machines and electronic devices are similar and soulless, they are already able to substitute an individual. Each person who programs a machine puts in it his/her way of thinking [1].

These trends have created a number of problems. The main problem is to find a reliable and safe way in order to distinguish a real person from the electronic device. In a virtual reality the human consciousness and will exist indirectly. A decision made by a real person is often remotely confirmed by his/her digital assistant. Some information could be generated by a person or a machine with equal probability. However there's no precise way to identify whether a man or a machine was a source of information or a decision.

In order to identify whether a man or a machine was a source of information, one needs to see conscious actions (personalized information). Personalized information must contain the unique data, that could be comparable, that have statistical certainty in order to recognize the source of information and could not be generated artificially by machine.

It's worth mentioning that at the same time and in the same place (110 years ago in Berlin), Dr. Rudolf Steiner also spoke of an individual, of a new century and new era, of the turning point in the history of humanity and science. In his lecture dedicated to the personality of Leonardo di ser Piero da Vinci, Dr. Rudolf Steiner encouraged modern scientists to become more spiritual.

Page 201: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

201

Describing the Leonardo da Vinci, the Austrian philosopher referred to his soul: “Such souls as Leonardo are world riddles and life riddles — world riddles incarnate” [2].

Leonardo da Vinci was a unique personality. In addition to the fact that he was a great scientist, painter, sculptor, architect, engineer, anatomist he also was a lefty and wrote mirrored letters. Like no one else he was interested in the proportion of objects in its symmetry and asymmetry that is based on the soul, on the consciousness and on the personality. He understood that there was no absolute symmetric or asymmetric object in nature. It turned out that the fundamental characteristic of a person is his/her functional asymmetry and the functional asymmetry of his/her brain. This characteristic reflects the individual-typological features of a live object. Not only humans but also living creatures possess that characteristic.

One can say that the symmetry – asymmetry in nature had a huge impact on Leonardo da Vinci. In his masterpieces he reflected asymmetry that helped him to create vivid faces, full of consciousness and life. Being ahead of his time the great Italian was convinced that the mind could be reflected through the symmetry and asymmetry inherited in the human personality. We also claim that the basis for the implementation of this postulate is the basic philosophical law – law of the unity and struggle of opposites.

We have established the pattern of change of human consciousness with a dosage of narcosis. Consciousness has a direct correlation with the dynamics of the functional asymmetry of the brain, which is reflected in its disorders.

Will, intellect, memory, mind, all these concepts are related to consciousness, but are not consciousness in actual physiological sense. Consciousness – is the operational function of a brain, which controls the level of the hemispheric interaction of the brain in physiological and normal states. It may reflect the states from active wakefulness to physiological sleep. By pathological and distress influences the function of consciousness may change up to the total loss. Such conditions can be caused by an injury, by psychotropic substances or drugs, or by alcohol. Anesthesia and coma are the most profound states of consciousness' change. They are characterized by reversible and irreversible restoration of the original state of active wakefulness and by clear state of mind.

Page 202: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

202

In everyday life, we all easily distinguish people with different states of consciousness originated from psychotropic substances, severe fatigue, injury, drugs or alcohol. We do not know for certain how we distinguish them but we rarely make such mistakes. Let's get to that phenomena.

All people look like, and at the same time have a unique set of symmetrical – asymmetrical body structure and functional characteristics. The constitution of head, face, trunk, limbs and speech, manner of walking, sight, sense of hearing and smell, mentality that is a mosaic combination of personalized asymmetries and implement functions. That mosaic creates an individual personality. The brain of each individual is unique and active. The brain activity has its own mosaic structure, distinctive for an individual at a certain period of time. The mosaic structure has a similar functional asymmetry and morphological features as a brain.

The use of this principle helps to identify such objects as a human brain. That object is identified by the unique activity and function, which in turn help to determine a person. By analyzing the features of brain activity (or its indirect display) it is possible to identify the state of consciousness of the analyzed organism in a certain period of time, such as wakefulness, agitation, fatigue, distraction of attention, intoxication, stun, etc.

We have made a research of the dynamic changes of consciousness' state from wakefulness to a deep narcotic sleep. This empiric rule was named interhemispheric interaction adaptive inversion (Fig. 1). Interhemispheric interactions experience adaptive change due to mental fatigue, neuroactive substances, drugs or alcohol. In 98.2% of cases, the "dominant" hemisphere (left) decreases its activity, and "sub dominant" (right) starts to dominate the work of the cerebral. Functional separation between the hemispheres correlates with the influence of the above-mentioned factors on brain. The hemispheres begin to work in isolation with each other[3].

Page 203: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

203

Fig. 1. Interhemispheric interaction adaptive inversion A number of methods to determine hemispheric asymmetry

and functional human asymmetry are used for various purposes. However they were not used for dynamic object identification and assessment of the state of consciousness in a virtual space.

We offer a universal criterion for identification of an object and estimation of its consciousness' state based on the analysis of the asymmetry.

The state of consciousness is estimated when an object has the morphological and functional characteristics, which in turn could be classified into right and left sides.

We have invented a method for determination of the profile of asymmetry and estimation of the consciousness state of an object. The method consists of several procedures: definition of a coordinate system; the division of an object on the left and right sides; paired estimations of homogeneous (similar) characteristics of an

object for the left and right side; the calculation of the profile of the asymmetry in the form of a

vector -dimensional space, where – total number of measured characteristics and parameters,

, where and – measured characteristics, and – normalization factor for the respective axis of the coordinate system.

The normalization factor is chosen according to the appropriate scale of measurement.

Live or inanimate object could be selected for analysis.

Page 204: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

204

Morphological and behavioral parameters of an object could be estimated in motor and/or sensory and/or mental sphere. They depend from the left and right hemispheres of the brain (if an object is an individual). The morphological characteristics are physical and/or chemical and/or biological parameters estimated pair-symmetrically.

The mental characteristics of the motor performance are motion functions of an object. They are estimated pair-symmetrically.

As the parameters of sensory spheres the senses functions of an object are measured. They are registered pair-symmetrically, e.g. hearing, sight, pain limit, temperature or chemical limit.

As the psychiatric behavioral parameters the results of psycho sensory and psycho motor acts and/or functional activity of the right and left hemispheres of an object are measured pair-symmetrically.

Identification of an object or an estimation of the individual's consciousness is carried out by the difference between the calculated current asymmetry profile and the pattern asymmetry profile. If the difference of no less than 2/3 of the components is less than 0.17, then the object is identified. If the object is identified already, the state of consciousness of the object is estimated as corresponding to a predetermined state.

However when measuring the current profile and the pattern profile the sequence of the parameters stays the same.

A special device is configured to successful implementation of the methods. The device allows to estimate the necessary characteristics and parameters, to calculate the profiles and their difference.

Asymmetry profile of an object is a set of sorted ratios of asymmetry calculated for this object (the measured parameters are indicated). Asymmetry coefficients could be obtained for both static (morphological) and for dynamic (motor, sensory, behavioral) symptoms.

Assessment of the consciousness state is based on direct and indirect measurements of the individual reactions to a stimulant that require sophisticated conscious reactions. All the possible reactions from no (zero) to an ideal one are taken into account. The set of all possible reactions forms a virtual behavioral space. It reflects the state of consciousness of a test person. In this space, the

Page 205: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

205

current state of consciousness corresponds to a certain profile (a set of sorted ratios of asymmetry calculated for the different parameters of an object). This profile is determined during the performance of a device.

We present a device that takes into account spatial location of vectors. The vectors are based on the obtained testing results of the parameters. The parameters reflect the active behavioral responses associated with the activity of the right and left hemispheres of the brain of a particular individual. The number of components of the vector can vary from a minimum – three (taking into account the activity in the motor, sensory and psychic spheres) to infinity. That is the case when a huge number of values is considered. They characterize individual-typological characteristics that can identify the differences of the right and left sides of the head-body-trunk-limbs of a test person.

The algorithm used in the system (device) to identify an object implements the analysis of dynamically changing parameters read by the system and (or) by pair data values. In this case the parallel calculation of the asymmetry parameters is made and the direction of the temporal dynamics of the asymmetry of the recorded pattern (vector) indices is set. The results of the current pattern (template-image) and a standard pattern (template-image) are compared. A standard pattern (template-image) is put in a system by classifying and identifying inversive deviations of individual asymmetry profile. They are calculated mutually in the current trial. The pair comparisons of the standard pattern are used. That in turn allows getting quantitative comparable results. That result is used to estimate the adequacy of the state at the current time. The data on physiological patterns of changes and disorders in the conscious state of an individual were added to an algorithm. They were caused by external or internal influence, changing the initial state of consciousness from clear and active wakefulness to a state of deep physiological, pharmacological or pathological sleep, anesthesia, coma, including interim normal and distress disorders, changes and dysfunctions. They help to detect the full range of altered states of consciousness of an individual and estimate the adequacy of his consciousness.

The algorithm allows testing the system in real time with the time gaps. That is why the presented solution is suitable for a long term monitoring of consciousness and psychic. It can be used for

Page 206: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

206

prediction, prophylaxis and prevention care of disorders and changes in the condition.

The algorithm takes into account the individual functional organization and asymmetry of the hemispheres of the brain, and their reflection functions in the motor, sensory and mental health. It also takes into account their combinations that allow not only to identify the test object but also to estimate the adequacy of its consciousness.

While implementing the motor, sensory and mental activity the two cerebral hemispheres that are not equal by functional significance are involved. The behavioral response is made by organs that are not equal physiologically and morphologically (not equal by the structure of muscle, tendon, nerve, sensory, etc. effectors that have structural differences). One should expect that this difference will appear. Such differences are identified by the device. They allow identifying the definitive activities of an individual in behavioral acts and reactions.

For this method of identification and estimation of the consciousness' adequacy we have received a priority in the International Patent Cooperation PCT / RU 2012/00 078.

Bibliography

1. Конюшков Г.В., Мусин Р.А. Специальные методы сварки давлением, Саратов, 2009, 650 с. 2. A Lecture given by Dr. Rudolf Steiner Berlin, February 13th, 1913 GA 62 «Leonardo da Vinci. His Spiritual and Intellectual Greatness At the Turning Point of the New Age». 3. Шанин В. Ю. Закономерности изменения сознания. Введение в теорию распределенных систем., Altaspera, 2012 ISBN 978-1-105-76611-4

Keywords

Information technologies, biological informatics, biometry, identification of a person, physiological psychology, asymmetry of a person, the diagnostics of consciousness, monitoring, qualitative methods, testing, functional model, computer program, device.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 207: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

207

Shubin N.E., Korotkov P.K., Sozaev V.A.

Size effects of nanoobjects thermophysical properties

The size effects of nanoobjects thermophysical properties have been considered. The special attention is paid to the size effects of the surface energy (SE), the wetting angle as well as to the temperature and the heat of contact melting.

The feature of the physical properties of nanoobjects is their dependence on dimensions (the scale dependence). For example, the known Tolman equation holds true for the surface tension:

(r)/ = (1 + 2/r)-1 1 – 2/r, (1) where (r) – surface tension (surface energy) of the liquid drop corresponding to the curvature radius r, – surface tension for the flat surface, – Tolman constant approximately equal to the thickness of the surface layer: ~ 0.1÷1 nm for metals.

The nanoobjects roughness has to be taken into account at estimating the SE of nanoparticles. The surface energy of the loosened films is shown to be greater than that of the smooth ones.

The size effect of the melting point and also of the temperature of contact melting is closely tied to the size effect of the surface tension. The analysis of experimental data and of theoretical relations on nanoobjects melting point have shown that the relation similar to (1) can be obtained for the size effect of the melting point ТM(r) of the nanocrystalline particles of the radius r:

ТM(r)/ТM()=1 – /r, (2) where – constant depending on the density and on the heat of melting of the material and its surface energy.

However the size dependence of the heat of melting is not accounted for in the estimations of ТM(r).

The more exact equation for the estimation of the melting point of a small particle was derived by Kh.B.Khokonov and co-workers with account for of the size effect of the heat of melting of the solid and in the model “solid core – liquid cover”.

The hysteresis of the nanoobjects melting was found in several papers: the crystallization of nanoparticles started at lower temperatures than their melting.

Compared to the lot of data available on the size effect of the melting point there are extremely few data on the size effect of the

Page 208: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

208

contact melting. The following relation for the size dependence of the contact

melting temperature TCM has been obtained in frameworks of the thermodynamics of surface phenomena and within the approximation of regular solutions using equation (1):

21

)2(

)(2exp)()(

rrTrT CMCM , (3)

where λ – heat of contact melting, – atomic volume, σ(∞) – interface energy of solutions, bounding along the flat dividing boundary, δ – Tolman constant. TCM(∞) – temperature of contact melting in the bulky samples at δ << r.

The other relations for the size dependence of ТCM(r) could be found elsewhere [2].

One should notice that when the nanoparticles dimensions are comparable to the thickness of the surface layer there originates a problem of the interrelations grounding emerging due to the limitations of the thermodynamical continual approach which are linked, in particular, to the impossibility to distinguish the surface layer in the nanoparticles with dimensions r < .

The size effect of the temperature of contact melting (CM) was observed experimentally in a number of studies [1, 2] during the heating of the two-layer metallic films possessing the eutectic point on the state diagram.

The fig. 1 represents, as an example, the temperature dependence of the electric resistance of the two-layer Pb/Bi film (lead being at the bottom, bismuth on the top).

One can see from the Fig. 1 that the temperature of CM decreases with the film thickness.

Page 209: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

209

Fig. 1. Dependence of the relative electric resistance R(T)/R293 for Pb/Bi films versus the temperature (thickness: 1 – 150 nm,

2 – 200 nm, 3 – 250 nm) It was reported in [3] that the process of contact melting in

case of zinc particles placed into the indium matrix started from the edges and vortices of the micro(nano)particles.

The size effect exists for the wetting angles either. It can be demonstrated that the size dependence for the submicron drops (r ≥ 100 nm) obeys the following relation:

cosθ(r) = cosθ(∞)(1 + 2a/r). (3) It comes from (3) that the wetting angle θ(r) decreases with

increasing r at 0 < θ < π/2, and increases with decreasing r at π/2 < θ < π.

B.V.Toshev and coworkers derived the following relation for the angle of wetting r of solids by nanosized drops:

cosr = cos – æ/(r), (4) where – equilibrium wetting angle of a drop with the large curvature radius ( 0.1 мм), r – radius of the drop’s base, æ – linear tension (æ ~ 10-7 mN according to the various estimates).

The relations binding the speed of contact melting to the

Page 210: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

210

residual resistance of solid solutions (SS), the limiting solubility of admixtures within the SS, the difference in surface energies and electron work functions of components of SS are known [1]. That is why the speed of contact melting and the radius of the Wigner-Zeits cell, rs, should be expected to be correlated. Fig. 2 represents the dependence of the average speed of contact melting on rs in the SS based on cadmium ((Cd+0.1 at.%Me) with bismuth (line 1) and tin (line 2)).

Fig. 2. Dependence of the average speed of contact melting of metals with solid solutions versus the radius of the Wigner-Zeits cell of the admixture: (Cd + 0.1at.%Me)-Bi (line 1) and (Cd + 0.1at.%Me)-Sn

(line 2) The values of the radii of the Wigner-Zeits cells are plotted

in Bohr’s units, a0. One can see from Fig. 2 that the correlation between the speed of contact melting and rs is close to linear. The open circles in Fig. 2 denote the values of the average speed of the contact melting <υ> forecasted by rs.

The data on the heat of contact melting are practically absent in the literature.

We have attempted to estimate the heat of contact melting of

Page 211: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

211

the two-layer film In/Sn in respect to the film thickness, h, and observed the size dependence of the heat of contact melting Fig. 3.

Fig. 3. Estimations of the heat of melting λ for the films of thicknesses 90, 140 and 190 nm in system In-Sn

In conclusion there should be underlined that the nanoobjects

thermophysical properties such as the melting point, the temperature of contact melting, the surface tension, the angles of wetting of solid surfaces by nanodrops and the heat of contact melting are shown to be size-dependent.

This research is financially supported by the Russian Foundation

for the Basic Researches, grant №13-02-00079-а.

References

1. Akhkubekov А.А., Orkvasov T.A., Sozaev V.A. Contact melting of metals and nanostructures on their bases / M.: Fizmatlit. 2008. 152 p. 2. Korotkov P.K. Orkvasov T.A., Sozaev V.A. The Size Effect in Contact Melting of Metals // Technical Physics Letters, 2006, Vol. 32, №1, pp. 61-63. 3. Akhkubekova S.N., Gudieva O.V., Korotkov P.K., Laypanov M.Z., Sozaev V.A., Chigoev G.M. Phase transitions between zinc

Page 212: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

212

nanoparticles and indium matrix at 150 С // Bulletin of the Russian Academy of Sciences. Physics, 2012, Vol. 76, No. 13, pp. 39-41 [Russia]

Keywords

Size dependence of the thermophysical properties, surface energy, melting point, temperature of contact melting, heat of melting, heat of contact melting, wetting angle, Wigner-Zeits cell, speed of contact melting, nanoparticles, thin films.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 213: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

213

Sutyagin A. N.

Investigation of the features of formation of the equilibrium

state of the machine parts surface layers

Introduction

Practice of exploitation of machines and mechanisms shows that one of the major causes of failures of various kinds of equipment is the destruction of its parts or wear. Destruction and wear usually begins with working surfaces, so the state of the last often becomes the dominant factor in determining the reliability and durability of manufactured equipment.

Study the wear of machine parts friction units indicate that the transition to the normal process of wear most of them are directed to change their initial geometry.

During the break-in such quality parameters of machine parts undergo significant changes as profile deviation, waviness, roughness of their surfaces, as well as the physical and mechanical characteristics of the surface layer. If time and the wear are large enough, the stable steady state is reached tribosystem when the geometry of parts surfaces becomes conformal.

The studied physical model

Research the wear can provide a theoretical justification of

the possibility of existence of stable reproducing geometric shapes of surfaces and their physical and mechanical properties in wear process in the given conditions of relative motion and loading.

This rationale is based on the fundamental principles of thermodynamics of dissipative systems, which tribosystem are.

Such systems can exchange with other systems and the environment energy and mass (eg, mass worn out particles), so stationary states characterized by a constant gradient of entropy can occur

ΔS = S° – S = const, where S°– entropy of the equilibrium state of the system, S – instantaneous entropy of the system.

Page 214: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

214

In the steady state, all the processes of heat and mass transfer are independent of time, as determined by the configuration of the system only in general terms and conditions on its borders.

Tribosystem exhibit properties of self-organization consist of to consistently reproduce the macroscopic space-time structures that can exist only through the exchange of flows of energy (matter).

Under self-limitation created by nature, as tribosystem located on the border of artificial devices and natural systems, and the self-organization can arise from a chaotic state, that is, the initial conditions do not matter, and the running-in period, of course, increases and decreases life of the friction units.

The equilibrium state of the surface is determined by the minimum of its free energy, which may differ from the minimum of surface, which is responsible for one of the reasons for the deviation of the real surface of the crystal from the initially smooth and the emergence of so-called natural roughness [3]. Such modifications of surface geometry are sub roughness, which significantly exceeds the atomic scale roughness arising at vibrations of the atoms or molecules due to thermal fluctuations.

The most appropriate criterion for selecting materials for the parts of tribosystems can be taken minimum value of frictional work [4].

Friction work calculated by the formula [5]

frfFS

frW ,

where Wfr – friction work [J], f – a friction coefficient, F – normal force of friction pair elements interaction [N], Sfr – friction track [m]. Tribosystem are open thermodynamic systems that exchange

energy and matter with the environment. Friction is the process of converting the external mechanical energy into internal energy in the form of vibration and wave motion of particles of tribosystem followed by thermal, thermionic, acoustic, and other phenomena. Most of this energy is converted into heat and is given to the environment, the other - is to change the physical and chemical state of the surface layers of the material. Dissipation of energy corresponds to an increase of entropy (dS > 0).

Page 215: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

215

Energy balance of tribosystem according to the first law of thermodynamics describes by the equation

Wqfr

W .

where q – energy of heat exchange with the environment [J], ΔW – change of internal energy is the sum of the energy used

to change the structure of the material and energy of heating [J]. At the same time, the work of the friction force is the sum of

the work of plastic deformation, hysteresis loss and the elastic deformation of the dispersion, that is, the work expended in the formation of new surfaces and associated with the surface energy of solids [6, 7].

The basis of the thermodynamic approach to fracture and wear of solids is energy mechanical analogy (deformation) and thermal (melting and sublimation) of failure.

The energy spent on the deformation and fracture of solid bodies, compared with one of the thermodynamic characteristics of the material (heat of sublimation enthalpy of the solid and liquid state, latent heat of fusion). In this case, it is assumed that thermodynamic properties are independent of the structure of the material. The body is treated as a continuous, homogeneous, isotropic medium with a statistically uniformly distributed structural elements.

Plastic deformation is considered as a combination of a large number of acts of microscopic atomic-molecular rearrangements associated with the generation of sources of deformation (dislocations).

Plastic deformation of the surface temperature below the recrystallization temperature leads to work hardening of the surface layer and its strengthening. At widely differing hardness structural components of the material and repeated exposure of loading occurs initially high wear of soft base; specific pressures acting on the solid component thereby increasing, solid components are pressed into a soft base, some of them are broken up and moved further under the forces of friction. As a result of such selective wear surface enriched solid structural components and gets stitch structure that during wear of babbit, for example, according to research of M. M. Khrushchov and A.L. Kuritsyna [8].

Page 216: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

216

As a result of the interaction of the interfaced parts new surfaces are formed, which is followed by the energy release, γef, consumed for its forming [6]

HVRzFfef ,, ,

where F – the normal force of friction pair elements interaction, Rz – ten point height of irregularities [9]. Rough surface can be considered as a set of irregularities

randomly located on a perfect surface and having a random size, in other words, as the realization of the random field. This approach makes it possible to represent the surface as a scalar random function [10]

z = z(t, ω), where the parameter t runs through the set of values of T, defined by

the spatial arrangement of the rough surface; ω – elementary event of a probability space Ω. To determine the surface characteristics required for

calculations in tribology, often enough knowledge only first two derivatives of the function z(t, ω). Thus there is a need to calculate the density of the joint distribution of several random variables.

Quantify the contact of rough surfaces is an important step in the development of physical models of frictional interaction. It requires consideration of both the characteristics of the roughness, and the specific properties of the contacting bodies, depending on their internal structure, loading time and environmental conditions.

Most of the friction units of products used in engineering works in conditions of oiling This requires a comprehensive study of processes in the area of friction as lubricant in some way facilitates extraction of heat from the friction contact zone, the removal of the zone of wear and corrosion protection, and the protection of the friction surfaces and other structures from the effects of the environment and also seal gaps, etc.

Taking into consideration that expression, frW SV / (VW – the

volume of the worn material, Sfr – the friction track) represents the value of the wear rate JV [11], and changing of an inner energy is determined by the formula of specific energy of deformation ΔW accumulated in the material as a result of dislocation forming [12]

GHVHVfW ,,, 00 ,

Page 217: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

217

where G – a displacement module of an examined material, α0 – a parameter of interdislocation interaction, HV – a microhardness of a surface layer of an examined part

at the specified depth, HV0 – a microhardness of a undeformed material, based on energy-based approach to the problem of defining

the relationship of the wear rate of work surfaces of machine parts with quality parameters of the surface layer the wear rate functional relationship with geometrical (roughness) and physico-mechanical (degree of work hardening) parameters of surface layer of machine parts during normal operation can be represented a

2,0

2

0

2

2,0 )/200exp()49,0(55,0

HVNRzS

TFRzSfFGJ

balbalfr

balfr

V

,

where JV – the wear rate [m3/m], F – the normal force of friction pair elements interaction [N], f – a friction coefficient, Sfr – the friction track [m], Rzbal – the balanced roughness of the interfaced surfaces of

the components [m], 0,2 – the yield strength conditional with the tolerance of

0,2% for the value of the plastic deformation at stressing [Pa], T – the temperature in friction area [K], Nbal – the balanced degree of hardening, HV0 – a microhardness of a undeformed material [Pa].

Conclusion

On the basis of [13] can be defined relationship equilibrium parameters of surface layer parts with machining process parameters.

The analysis of the experimental research results of the wear rate of contacted surfaces after machining has shown that the received mathematical model of the correlation between the wear rate and the technological requirements of machining allows for calculating the wear rate of the interfaced machine components after the running-in period.

Page 218: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

218

References

1. A. G. Suslov, A. M. Dalsky: Nauchnye osnovy tehnologii mashinostroenija (Scientific Basis of Mechanical Engineering), - Mashinostroenie, Moscow, 2002. 2. A. V. Chichinadze, E. D. Brown, N. A. Boucher: Osnovy tribologii (trenie, iznos, smazka) (Fundamentals of tribology (friction, wear and lubrication)), - Mashinostroenie, Moscow, 2001. 3. V. S Kombalov: Ocenka tribotehnicheskih svojstv kontaktirujushhih poverhnostej (Evaluation of tribological properties of contacting surfaces), - Nauka, Moscow, 1983. 4. V. I. Butenko: Struktura i svojstva poverhnostnogo sloja detalej tribosistem (Structure and properties of the surface layer of parts tribosystems), - Taganrog: TTI UFU, 2012. 5. U. N. Drozdov, V. G. Pavlov, V. N. Puchkov: Trenie i iznos v jekstremalnyh uslovijah: Spravochnik (Friction and wear in extreme conditions: Reference), - Mashinostroenie, Moscow, 1986. 6. V. N. Kashcheev: Processy v zone frikcionnogo kontakta metallov (Processes in the area of frictional contact metals), - Mashinostroenie, Moscow, 1978. 7. V. Weibul: Ustalostnye ispytanija i analiz ih rezultatov (Fatigue testing and analysis of the results), - Mashinostroenie, Moscow, 1964. 8. I. P. Sukharev: Prochnost sharnirnyh uzlov mashin (The strength of hinged machine units), - Mashinostroenie, Moscow, 1977. 9. Russian State Standard 25142-82, 1988, Sherohovatost poverhnosti. Terminy I opredelenia. (Surface roughness. Terms and definitions), publishing company of State Standards, Moscow. 10. A. I. Sviridyonok, S. A. Chijik, M. I. Petrokovets: Mehanika diskretnogo frikcionnogo kontakta (Mechanics of discrete frictional contact), - Minsk, 1990. 11. Russian State Standard 27674-88, 1988. Trenie, iznashivanie i smazka. Terminy i opredelenija (Friction, wear and lubrication. Terms and definitions), publishing company of State Standards, Moscow. 12. V. F. Bezjazychnyj, A. N. Sutyagin: Tehnologicheskoe obespechenie iznosostoikosti detalei mashin na osnove izucheniya nakoplennoi energii v poverhnostnom sloe detali pri deformacionnom uprochnenii pri obrabotke (Machine components

Page 219: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

219

wear resistance technological assurance based on analysis of accumulated energy of part surface layer while strain hardening during the machining), Uprochnyauschie tehnologii i pokrytiya, 7, pp. 3-6. 13. V. F. Bezjazychnyj: Metod podobija v tehnologii mashinostroenija (Method of Similarity in mechanical engineering), Mashinostroenie, Moscow, 2012.

Key words

Wear, wear rate, quality parameters, equilibrium state, surface layer, machining conditions, machining, roughness, degree of hardening, the energy approach.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 220: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

220

Timko I.A.

Acoustic pollution of green areas in Bryansk, adjacent to motorways.

Creating an optimal environment for recreational parks,

gardens and squares of the city is the major problem in their design, construction and operation. An essential measure of comfort among the places of public entertainment is the acoustic treatment of their territories, meet regulatory criteria. Noise mode parkland formed mainly from the sources of internal and external acoustic discomfort. The latter include highways, which are the main sources of noise in an urban environment. The main categories of gardening are in various planning options contact with areas of traffic. [4]

For most large cities need to improve the noise regime is particularly acute in the central regions. This is due to the fact that the city center full of heavy traffic.

Dominant source of urban noise is vehicular traffic and industrial production. With the passage of 1800 - 3000 vehicles per hour average equivalent noise level in the neighborhood of about 70 dBA. Noise from vehicular traffic on the streets of the local movement of 55 - 65 dBA, on main streets - 70 - 85 dBA.

The noise measurements in Bryansk produced since the 1970's. Until recently, all the measurements were made along the roads, railways, industrial zones, as well as residential areas (AV Boroughs, Vladimir Tsygankov, V. Furin, Berfina GP). However, such measurements are not made in a recreation area of the city (parks, gardens, and other green spaces.)

Winter 2012 - 2013 years. was given the task of measuring the noise level and the acoustic discomfort in the green areas of Bryansk and identifying the noise pollution of residential areas.In January - March 2013, we measured the noise level at four sites in the city of Bryansk (square them. A. Safronov Proskurina Square, Square Semenov (I.Fokina), park it. Vyaltseva) (Table 1). These facilities are adjacent to the main thoroughfares and are in the inner city. The measurements were made in accordance with ГОСТ 23337-78 (СТ СЭВ 2600-80) in the evening rush hour, from 17 to 19 hours. Points to measure chosen in geometric progression in relation to the removal of the road at 10, 20, 40, 80 etc., meters, because of noise

Page 221: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

221

dampening occurs in the first few meters along the road. Each of the next point was located twice as far from the road than the previous one. If the object is stretched out along the road and its width is less than 80 meters, make 3 or more alignment. In the case of a bilateral junction to the junction of the road in the form of cross-sections were criss-cross and intersect at points at a distance of 10, 20, 40, 80, etc., meters from the edge of the two highways. In this case, the density of the points fall off diagonally from the intersection. If necessary, the number of points increases. Measure the total noise level found exceeding the maximum permissible level (MAL) of noise at all four sites.

Table 1

Characteristics of research subjects

name of object

area

Type of junction with the highway, the shape

of the object

planting of greenery

Adjacent sites and their impact on the

acoustic environment

Square it. A.V.

Safronov 0,5 hа unilateral

uniform throughout the

10-storey residential building on the right, the noise shielding contributes towards

the square, the Central Market from the back.

Square it. Proskuri

na 0,4 hа

unilateral, stretched along the

road

young green spaces along

the street Kpasnoarmeys

kaya (Thuja occidentalis),

planting a weeping

willow on the far side of the

square

open area on the left side Partizan, 9-12-storey building with

drugh parties contributing noise

shielding towards the square.

Page 222: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

222

Exceedance is from 5 - 10 to 15 - 20 dBA. The highest level of noise pollution is observed in the park to them. Vyaltseva (Figure 4), which is located along the boulevard of Lenin, as well as in the park Semenov (Figure 3), which is adjacent to the crossroad of Kalinin and Gorkogo. Apart from the fact that the entire territory of these facilities lies in the area of acoustic discomfort in near road part there maksimolno exceeding permissible level of noise for residential areas (70 dBA).

According to the map the general level of noise pollution in the entire park named after Vyaltseva exceeding the maximum permissible level of noise (55 dBA), and in some points along Lenin Avenue and the maximum allowable noise level. Acoustic pollution decreases with distance from the Lenin Avenue and deep square.

In the square Semenov noise level is highest near the intersection at the intersection of Kalinina and Bitter (70 dBA), and also above the maximum allowable level and decreases to 61 dB deep square.

A more favorable situation occurs in parks it. AV Safrnovoy and Proskurina (Figures 1 and 2), but in the territory of these objects also have the remote control excess noise throughout. Square it. AV Safronov stretches along the street Krasnoarmeiskaya narrow strip of

Square Semenov (I.Fokina

)

0,6 hа

Bilateral (crossing), rectangula

r, stretched along the

street Kalinin

intra separate

driveways from

residential buildings

lack of green space along the

street of Kalinin

on all sides by roads

Square it. Vyaltsev

a

0,15 hа

unilateral

mostly European ash throughout the park, no shrub

layer

open the ravine on the left, five-story

apartment buildings on both sides

Page 223: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

223

100 meters, a width of 40 meters. The highest noise level (65 dBA) was observed in a part of the park, which is adjacent street Krasnoarmeyskaya. Additional strengthening is also due to the shielding effect of a ten-floor houses. Square Proskurin also adjoins Chervonoarmiiska Street. Noise level decreases when moving deeper into the park from the highway from 62 to 57 dBA.

Figure 1 - Map of noise pollution, park them. A.V. Safronov

Page 224: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

224

Figure 2 - Map of noise pollution Square Proskurina

In this situation, it can be concluded that many of the green areas in Bryansk, adjacent to highways, are in the winter of intense noise pollution in the general level of noise, which is a part of the green space 65 - 75 dBA, decreasing depth of the 55 - 57 dBA, which is also higher than the maximum permissible level of noise for residential areas (55 dBA). As the flow of vehicle noise pollution levels will only increase.

The results confirm the relevance of this study and the need for further measurements in this direction. Currently, parallel noise is measured at mean frequencies of octave bands on the same objects. It is planned to conduct a similar exercise for all parks and squares, Bryansk, and a measurement as the general noise level and the mean frequencies of octave bands in the summer, to identify the role of green space in the noise-canceling effect

Page 225: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

225

Figure 3 - Map of noise pollution Square Semenov

Page 226: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

226

Figure 4 - Map of noise pollution park them. Vyaltseva

Bibliography

1. Denisov, V.V. Urban ecology [text] / VV Denisov, AS Kurbatova. - Rostov-on-Don in 2008. - 831 p.: Table. 2. Novikov, V.N. Ecology. Urbanization. Life [text] / VN Novikov. - M., 2002. - 326 p. 3. Tetior, A.N. Urban ecology [text] / A. Tetior. - M., 2006. - 330 p. 4. Gorodkov, A.V. Evaluation of acoustic modes of recreational areas of the city [text] / / Journal MANEB, Vol.10, № 3, 2005, p. 99 – 104 5. Gorodkov, A.V. Landscaping design abatement system improvement park arrays [text] / A. Towns. - BGITA. - Bryansk, 1999, № 2. - With. 111 - 117

Keywords

Acoustic pollution, noise, maximum permissible noise level, residential area, highway, type contiguity to the highway map of noise pollution, noise mode, acoustic discomfort

<Translated from Russian>

Page 227: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

227

Usoltseva N.V., Godlevsky V.A.

Nanomaterials in tribological processes

Tribology as the science about interacting surfaces in relative motion attracts growing attention. Durability of equipment depends greatly on characteristics of elements of friction couples. Increased friction between details leads to the increase of energy consumption for technological process. It has been proved that appropriate application of tribilogical principles in industry and their practical implementation can save from 1.0 to 1.4 % of Gross Domestic Product due to wear reduction [1].

The main functions of a lubricant are: reduction in friction between contacting surfaces, distribution of pressure and temperature between surfaces, heat deflection and elimination of wear products out of the friction region, prevention of corrosion of surface layers of friction elements. Near-surface layer of a lubricant aligned by the force field of a hard surface forms an epitropic mesophase. The fact that molecules of mesogens i.e. compounds able to form a nano-structured mesomorphic phase can form surface aligned layers has drawn attention to them as to new lubricants or mineral lubricants additives and cooling lubricant.

The first review of works results in this field took place 20 years ago during the special “Tribology and liquid-crystalline state” symposium at the 198th American Society Meeting, where western scientists’ works results were presented. It would be fair to mention that in 1936 an outstanding Russian researcher of liquid crystals V.C. Fréedericksz advanced the idea of necessity to study liquid crystals lubricating properties [2].

One of the main tasks of tribology is to develop correlation between chemical structure of lubricants’ molecules (or their additives) and their physicochemical properties.

Summarizing the results received by now it is worth mentioning that mesogens of calamitic (rod-like) character and of discotic molecular structure and lath-like mesogens, derivatives of cholesterol are used. Molecular structure of typical representatives of these compounds is presented on Fig. 1.

Page 228: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

228

CNR

IOR

OR

OR

OR

RO

RO

IIRO

H

H

H

III

Fig.1. Examples of types of mesogens applied in tribology:

I – alkylcyanobiphenyls (calamitic compounds R = CnH2n+1), II – esters of hexahydroxytriphenylene (discotic compounds),

III – esters of cholesterol (lath-like compounds) R = -СОCnH2n+1

In comparison with mineral lubricants calamitic mesogens

form thicker layers during tribotests; the friction coefficient greatly depends on structure of a molecule hard fragment: it is the least of the studied ones for cyanobiphenyls – (0.035). At that the planar structure of the molecule influences positively the friction coefficient. At the same time the meaning of the friction coefficient in corresponding homologous series doesn’t depend on the number of carbon atoms in aliphatic fragments and barely depends on the mesophase type [3, 4].

Mesomorphic cholesteric additives have positive influence on antifriction properties of mineral lubricants. Scientists of our university have proved that the most efficient are chiral mesogens with the largest molecular mass [5]. Such effect can also be observed in plastic lubricants. We have found out that adding even small amount of cholesterol esters (0.5 – 5.0 wt.%) reduces the effective viscosity of a lubricant up to several dozens of times thus significantly improving the properties of lubricant composition [6,7].

Resent years discotic mesogens were studied as lubricants. We have conducted a series of research on the influence of properties of different discotic mesogens (esters of

Page 229: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

229

hexahydroxytriphenylene, hexa(cyclohexanebenzoate) tripheny-lene or biphenyls) molecular structure on tribologic properties of these mesogens. The conclusion was achieved that discotic mesogens with columnar mesophases would be better used as antifrictional additives, and mesogens with discotic phase - as antiwear ones. The efficiency is also determined according to the molecular structure of a compound. In this case the most favorable factors are: the presence of a large amount of ester groups in the central fragment of a discotic molecule ( 6); large section area of the disc-like molecule central fragment per a heteroatom ( 30) [8]. Other discotic compounds (derivatives of phthalocyanine) due to their strength characteristics, thermo-stability, ability to set into columnar assemblies on the surface and to form chemisorbed films – proved to be effective at different friction conditions and promising as tribological additives for oil and plastic lubricants [9, 10].

Along with thermotropic mesogens, we have also studied the role of lyotropic mesogens in improvement of tribological processes. It is worth mentioning that the great contribution to practical application of lyotropic mesogens was made by S. Friberg [11]. At the start the favorite objects of experimenters were ionogenic lyotropic mesogens [12]. Even at concentration of 0.1 wt.% they formed boundary ordered layers on sliding surfaces [13]. In elaboration of these works we have conducted a tribologic research of non-ionogenic surface active substances (additives) and their blends with ionogenic surface active substances [14]. The maximum positive effect was observed even at concentration of 0.5 wt.% of the non-ionogenic surface active substances – ionogenic surface active substances blend. At that the blend was more effective in water system than additives of non-ionogenic character taken separately. Chromonic lyotropic mesogens of heterocyclic character and their blends with water-soluble phthalocyanine derivatives also lower greatly the meaning of friction coefficient of surface active substances water solutions [15].

Mesogenic compounds are not the only possible case of nanomaterials application in tribology. Certain effect of synergism was observed during the usage of multi-wall carbon nanotubes (CNT) at concentration of 0.0053 wt.% till 0.053 wt.% for improvement of lubricants (Litol-24, Solidol-C) antifriction characteristics (Fig. 2).

Page 230: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

230

0 0,001 0,002 0,003 0,004

Wear, mm

Litol-24

Litol-24 + 0,0053% CNT

Litol-24 + 0,011% CNT

Bush wear, mm

Roller wear, mm

Fig.2. Dependence of wear of friction couple elements during their

lubrication with compositions on the base of pure Litol-24 and with carbon nanotubes additive of different concentration

Thus in modified (with carbon nanotubes) Litol-24 the wear

of friction couple elements decreases by 1.6 – 1.8 times, and in modified Solidol-C decreases even more (from 2 to 13 times). All these facts prove the increase of resources of tribo-coupling elements.

As it is evident from the above-mentioned material, it is difficult to choose the optimal tribo-active additive (or the additives composition). Up till now choices were made only by empirical means. The reason for this is, in particular, the absence of the general operational theory of boundary lubrication which is to reveal dependencies between the properties and the structure of a lubricant layer, friction surfaces and the sliding mode. The complexity of this task lies in the fact that it’s in principle impossible to study a simulation lubricant layer during the friction process.

Consequently computer simulation of molecular mechanism of interaction of tribo-active components with the friction surface and lubricant particles with each another can provide new prospects. It allows us to demonstrate in details a friction couple with a lubricant layer and the friction process with detailed molecular elaboration.

The computing base underlying computer molecular simulation depends on modern physical models accounting for peculiarities of atomic molecular structure of matters [16]. The description of tribo-system and the friction process by means of this method requires creating a specialized program algorithmic complex. An approximate order of actions for construction of

Page 231: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

231

correct computer model of tribo-system and application of the method of molecular dynamics to it is the following: 1) model of the singular molecule of a tribo-active lubricant; 2) model of interaction of lubricant molecules particles in the absence of surface influence and creation on this basis of a molecular group (cluster) pattern, composed of many such particles; 3) atomic molecular model of idealized friction surface; 4) model of interaction of a virtual lubricant cluster with a virtual friction surface; 5) model of a three-component tribo-system “friction surface – lubricant – friction surface”; 6) performance of molecular dynamic simulation of shift process on the system “friction surface – lubricant – friction surface”.

The fulfillment of the above-described simulation scheme was presented by us in one of the works [17]. It was proposed to estimate one of the characteristics of a lubricating layer molecular system, namely its orientation order by means of online computing order parameter – orientational coefficient during the simulation.

Modeling of the shift process in a virtual tribo-system with a boundary lubricating layer is the simulation of the transfer of a large amount of lubricant molecules within the layer. At the same time the change of orientation coefficient taking place due to supramolecular self-organization of a boundary lubricating layer is calculated [18]. This approach allows to improve forecasts of lubricants tribological properties.

Bibliography

1. Minami J. Ionic Liquids in Tribology. Molecules. 2009. Vol. 14. P. 2286–2305. 2. Sonin A.S. Problems of modern physics in the works of Ioffe physical technical institute. M.: Publishing House “Academy of sciences”, USSR. 1936. In Russian 3. Mori S., Iwata H. Relationship between tribological performance of liquid crystals and their molecular structure. Tribology International. 1996. Vol. 29, No 1. P. 35–39. 4. Wažyńska D., Okowiak J.A. Tribological properties of nematic and smectic liquid crystalline mixtures used as lubricants. Tribol. Lett. 2006. Vol. 24, № 1. P. 1–5. 5. Latyshev V.N., Syrbu S.A., Novikov V.V., Kolbashov M.A. Flow characteristics of lubricants with additives of cholesteric liquid

Page 232: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

232

crystals. Liquid crystals and their practical application. 2008. Issue 3. P. 52–59. In Russian 6. Berezina E.V., Korsakov M.N., Pavlov A.S., Bykova V.V., Usol’tseva N.V. Curved currents of plastic lubricants with liquid crystal additives. Liquid crystals and their practical application. 2010. Issue 2. P. 85–96. In Russian 7. Berezina E.V., Korsakov M.N., Pavlov A.S., Bykova V.V., Usol’tseva N.V. Viscosimetry of plastic lubricants with mesomorphic additives. Physics, chemistry and mechanics of tribosystems. 2009. Issue 8. P. 171–173. In Russian 8. Usol’tseva N.V., Akopova O.B., Bykova V.V. Physical-chemical properties of discotic mesogens determing their application. Liquid crystals: discotic mesogens. Ed. by N.V. Usol’tseva. Ivanovo: Ivanovo State University, 2004. P. 508–522. In Russian 9. Berezina E.V., Godlevsky V.A. Mesogenic compounds as tribo-active additives. Achievements of liquid crystals studies. Ed. by N.V. Usol’tseva. Ivanovo: Ivanovo State University, 2007. P. 80–94. In Russian 10. N.V. Usol’tseva, V.V. Bykov, O.B. Akopova and others. Achievements of liquid crystals studies. Ed. by N.V. Usol’tseva. Ivanovo: Ivanovo State University, 2007. 100 pp. In Russian 11. Frieberg S.E., Ward A.J., Gunsel S., Lockwood F.E. Lyotropic liquid crystals in lubrication. Tribology and the liquid-crystalline state. ACS Symposium Series. 441. Ed. by G. Bireslaw. Amer. Chem. Soc.: Washington DC., USA, 1990. P. 101–110. 12. Usol’tseva N.V. Liquid crystals: lyotropic mesomorphism. Ivanovo: Ivanovo State University, 2011. 316 p. In Russian 13. Latyshev V.N., Lazyuk Yu. N., Usol’tseva N.V. et al. Compositions on the base of lyotropic mesogens and their practical application in tribology. Republic conference “Liquid crystals and their application”: Abstracts of reports, 1990. P. 37–38. In Russian. 14. Shilov M.A. Research of mechanism of self organization of non-ionogenic surface active substances and their compositions with ionogenic surface active substances in aqueous friction units. Liquid crystals and their practical application. 2011. Issue 1 (35). P. 57–64. In Russian 15. Usol’tseva N.V., Akopova O.B. Tribology and mesomorphism. Physics, chemistry and mechanics of tribosystems. University issue of academic researches. Ivanovo: Ivanovo State University. 2011. Issue 10. P. 14–23. In Russian.

Page 233: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

233

16. Haile J.M. Molecular Dynamics Simulation: Elementary methods. J. Wiley & Sons, 1997, 489 pp. 17. Berezina E.V., Godlevskiy V.A., Kuznetsov S.A., Bogomolov M.V. A Software Complex for Molecular Simulation of Boundary Lubrication Layers. Journal of Friction and Wear, 2012, Vol. 33, No. 1. P. 5–10. 18. Berezina E.V., Godlevsky V.A., Fomichyov D.S. Program algorithmic complex for simulation of a tribosystem with lubricanting film by molecular dynamics method. First All-Russian conference on liquid crystals. Ivanovo, September 17–21, 2012. Book of Abstracts, Ivanovo: Ivanovo State University. P. 70. In Russian.

Key words

Nanomaterials, calamitic, discotic, thermotropic, lyotropic mesogens, carbon nanotubes, tribology, wear, friction.

<Translated from Russian>

Page 234: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

234

Yakutkina G.N.

The study of critical points of plane curves with CAS Mathematica

In recent decades, natural and technical sciences intensively

used tool of differential and algebraic geometry. This is largely due to the fact that the geometrical method is the basis of the modern theory of differential equations and therefore all branches of science and technology, based on differential equations (electromagnetics, acoustics, theoretical mechanics, etc.) are attract to its development geometric methods. Methods of algebraic geometry also used in quantum physics [8], computer science [7]. One of the important directions in this area is the singularity theory [2,3]. Singular points of plane curves studied in [4,5,9]. In [6] developed an algebraic approach to the problem of searching for and studying the singular points in the plane. We develop a different approach. As a result, we have obtained algorithm and software package for the study of singular points of a plane curve with CAS Mathematica. More complete results can be found in [1].

We choose the Euclidean plane cartesian coordinate system ),,( yxO . Recall that to define a curve in the plane, there are two

ways: parametric (concept of parametrized curve)

)(),( tyytxx (1а)

implicit (concept of generic curve) 0),( yxF (1б)

Here and further we assume that ),(),(),( yxFtytx - real-

analytic functions of the class )(C . The concept of smoothness of the curve at the selected point

of it means a unique tangent line at this point. If the unique tangent line is not possible, then this point is called a singular point of the curve. The following criterion is valid for parameterized curves.

T h e o r e m . Curve (1a) is a smooth at the point ))(),(( tytx , if in the point holds

0)(')(' 22 tytx (2)

Page 235: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

235

Point satisfying the condition (2) is called regular. If condition (2) does not hold, coordinates of a real analytic parametrized curve in the neighborhood can be represented as

...)()(

...)()(

0

0

q

p

ttBty

ttAtx (3)

In this case, the following types of singular points are possible: even p, odd q – cusp of the first kind, even p, even q – cusp of the second kind.

Fig. 1 Cusp of the first and of the second kind

For a real-analytic generic curve left side of (1b) can be

written as a convergent series

0.....))()(,(''

)))(,(''))(,(''(2

1

))(,('))(,('),(

),(

0000

2000

2000

00000000

yyxxyxF

yyyxFxxyxF

yyyxFxxyxFyxF

yxF

xy

yyxx

yx

(4)

T h e o r e m . Curve (4) is smooth at the point ),( 00 yx if

0),(',0),(' 0000 yxFyxF yx (5)

Points that do not satisfy the condition (5) are called critical. Any such curve in the point neighborhood is a set of parameterized curves - regular or singular. We assume that the kind of the critical point is set, if we know the number of branches of the curve passing through it, and the kind of each branch: regular, first kind cusp or second kind cusp.

We aim to get the parametric equations (just the first terms of the series) of all branches of the curve in the neighborhood of

Page 236: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

236

the point. As a result our curve research procedure in the neighborhood of critical point looks like. 1) Find the critical points of the curve, by solving the equations. Further action is performed for each of them.

2) We make the change of variables 00 , yyyxxx

and determine the multiplicity of the critical point, finding the lowest order non-zero derivatives ),( yxF at the point (0,0) from

the linear system

0),()sin(cos 00 yxFnyx (6)

The result is a set of real tangent vectors. If the number of real roots is equal to zero, the critical point is an isolated singular point. In this case, its investigation is complete. In the case of a non-zero number of roots choose one of them. Denote it )sin,(cos

,

tg0 u .

3) If )1,0(

, in the expression we make change of the

variable xuuy )( 0 , and then divide the expression by nx . We

get a new function ),( uxf . Otherwise (i. e. )1,0(

) we make the

change uyx and divide it by ny . The result is a function

),( uyf .

4) If the point (0,0) is not critical for the function ),( uxf (or

),( uyf ), one of the variables can be expressed in the other. The

dependent variable is chosen so that the derivative at this point was not zero. Assume that it is u . Then we find the first terms of power series u = g (x). Derivatives are calculated by the rule of differentiation of implicit function. Then go back to the original variables ))()(( 000 xxuxgyy . As a result of the parametric

equation found branches of the curve with tangent vector

. 5) If (0.0) - a critical point for ),( uxf , we return to step 2 in

relation to the curve 0),( uxf .

6) Repeat steps 3-5 for each of the tangent vectors found in step 2.

Upon completion of this procedure, we obtain the parametric curves passing through the selected critical point, and this is a branch of a real-analytic curve. Having on hand the parametric equations of branches, based on the theorem is not difficult to draw a conclusion about the nature of each branch.

Page 237: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

237

Procedure of the study of critical points may be too large for the study by hand (especially in the case of singular points of high multiplicity). In connection with this, we developed a software package for the study of singular points of the plane curves with CAS Mathematica. Here are several examples of the use of this package.

Lets consider the curve

0yyx -y xy x2- x 6542324 .

Load package, define the function and find the critical points.

We see that there is one to be studied point (0,0) of multiplicity 4. We find at this point the tangent vectors.

There is one tangent to the direction vector (0,1). Find the parametric equations of the branches of the curve with the tangent vector.

Let plot curve in the neighborhood of the point.

Page 238: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

238

In this example we have one cusp of the second kind. Consider another example

There are two critical points - one double and one quintuple. Examine both.

Page 239: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

239

For (0.0) has three tangents, each of which corresponds to one regular branch. Hence, the point (0,0) is the triple nodal point. For the point (1/3, 0) is the following.

Note that straight (x, 0) is common to both singular points. Thus, this curve has two nodal points and 4 branches. Let plot the curve.

Page 240: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

240

Bibliography

1) Bushueva G.N., Smirnov A.A. Differential geometry of curve with Mathematica. Textbook. (in Russian). - Samara: Porto-Print, 2010. - 384p 2) Arnold V.I. Catastrophe Theory (in Russian). - 3th ed. - Moscow, Science, 1990. - 128p 3) Arnold V.I., Gusein-Zade S.M., Varchenko A.N. Singularities of Differentiable Maps (in Russian). - 3th ed. - Moscow, 2009. - 672 pp 4) Savelov A.A. Plane curves. Taxonomy, properties, and applications. (in Russian) – Moscow, 1960 – 294 pp. 5) Wall C. T. C. Singular Points of Plane Curves. - Cambridge University Press, 2004. – 382 pp. 6) Falai Chena, Wenping Wangb, Yang Liu. Computing singular points of plane rational curves. - Journal of Symbolic Computation 43 (2008) - 92–117pp. 7) Frédéric Cao. Geometric Curve Evolution and Image Processing (Lecture Notes in Mathematics). – Springer, 2003. – 195pp. 8) Murugesh, S. Geometry of Moving space curves associated with integrable equations: Connections and applications. / PhD Thesis - University of Madras, 2002 – 107pp. 9) Orevkov S., Zaidenberg M. On the number of singular points of plane curves. - arXiv:alg-geom/9507005

Keywords

Differential geometry, singularity theory, catastrophe theory, plane curves, smooth, singular points, regular points, singularity, Mathematica, algorithm

<Translated from Russian>

Page 241: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

241

Information about the authors

Abramovich Boris Nikolaevich

Professor of “National mineral-raw university “Gorniy”

[email protected]

Akhmetova Irina Gareevna

Associate Professor, Head of

Department "Business administration", Kazan State Power

Engineering University, Ph.D. [email protected]

Andronova Svetlana Viktorovna

Graduate

Kaliningrad State Technical University

[email protected]

Page 242: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

242

Anokhina Evgenia Aleksandrovna

Post graduate student, assistant of

Innovation Technology and Management Department Moscow

State University of Printing Art [email protected]

Arsenieva Alina Alekseevna

Graduate student of Tula State

University (TSU) [email protected]

Bablyuk Evgeny Borisovich

Head of Innovation Technology and Management Department Moscow

State University of Printing Art, Doctor Of Technical Science [email protected]

Page 243: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

243

Bajdalinova Larisa Stepanovna

Associate

Kaliningrad State Technical University

Ph.D. [email protected]

Belyaev Victor Vasilevich

M.S., Ph.D., D.Sc. (Dr. Hab.), Principal Scientist / Chair of

Theoretical Physics Department of Moscow State Regional University

[email protected]

Blinkova Svetlana Alexandrovna

Engineer of electrification and electricity supply department - structural subdivision of the

Kuibyshev infrastructure management central infrastructure management – branch of JSC “Russian Railways”, post-graduate student of the Samara

State Transport University [email protected]

Page 244: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

244

Bondarenko Oksana Aleksandrovna

Associated professor, PhD in

technical sciences, Federal state-financed educational

institution of higher vocational education “Samara State Transport

University” [email protected]

Cheboxarov Victor Valerievich

Far Eastern Federal University,

Associate Professor, PhD (Engineering), [email protected]

Chipiga Alexander Fedorovich

Director of the Institute of Information Technology and Telecommunications of the North Caucasus Federal University, candidate of technical sciences, professor, Stavropol

[email protected]

Page 245: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

245

Didenko Sergei Ivanovich

Associate Professor, PhD.

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Dmitriev Andrei Nikolaevich

National Mineral Resources

University (SSMU), Saint-Petersburg [email protected]

Domracheva Julia Vyacheslavovna

Senior lecturer of the Federal State

Budjet Educational Institution of Higher Professional Education

«Pskov State University» [email protected]

Page 246: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

246

Dorofeev Genrih Alekseevich

Ph.D., Associate Professor, general director of OOO "NPMP Internet

Service" [email protected]

Drenin Andrei Sergeevich

Engineer

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Eliseev Dmitry Vladimirovich

IT Consultant

REAVIZ Ph.D. of Technical Sciences.

[email protected]

Page 247: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

247

Engelhardt Vladislav Viktorovich

Lecturer , the federal state-financed

education institution of higher vocational training “Samara State

Transport University” [email protected]

,

Ermakova Anna Vladimirovna

Lecturer,

the federal state-financed educational institution of higher professional

education «Samara State Transport University»

[email protected]

Erofeev Vladimir Alexandrovich

Professor of Tula State University

(TSU), Doctor of Engineering [email protected]

Page 248: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

248

Erofeev Vladimir Trofimovich

Dean of the Faculty of Architecture

and Construction, Head of the Chair of Building

Materials and Technologies of the federal state budgetary educational institution of professional education

“N.P. Ogarev Mordovia State University” (National Research University), Doctor of Technical

Sciences, professor,

Fedorchenko Irina Valentinovna

Senious scientific specialist, PhD

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Fomenko Roman Nikolaevich

Chief lecturer

FSBEIHPE «Rybinsk State Aviation Technical University»

named after P.A. Solovjev, Can. Sc. Technical

[email protected]

Page 249: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

249

Gaisin Ruslan Rinadovich

The head of the laboratory

"Information technologies in medicine" the Higher school of ITIS

of the Kazan (Volga) Federal University

[email protected]

Gallyamov Albert Rafisovich

Junior Researcher of the Department

"Conversional and double technologies of energy sated materials and units" Samara State Technical University

[email protected]

Garanin Maxim Alekseevich

Associated professor,

PhD of technical sciences, the federal state-financed education

institution of higher vocational training “Samara State Transport

University” [email protected]

Page 250: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

250

Godlevsky Vladimir Alexandrovich

Doctor of Engineering, Professor of Department

of Experimental and Applied Physics of Ivanovo State University

[email protected]

Gorodkov Alexander Vasilievich

Professor “Bryansk state

engineering and technological Academy, doctor of agricultural

Sciences [email protected]

Ibatullin Ildar Duglasovich

Doctor of Technical Sciences, Professor of the Department "Nanotechnology in machine

building" Samara State Technical University

[email protected]

Page 251: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

251

Kamoshenkov Anatoly Romanovich

Professor «Smolensk State

Agricultural Academy» Doctor of veterinary sciences

Honored veterinary doctor of Russian Federation

[email protected]

Kantor Evgeniy Abramovich

Prof. Dr. rer. nat., Head of the

Department of Physics, Ufa State Petroleum Technological University

Email: [email protected]

Karasev Sergey Gennadievich

researcher of the Kuban state university (Krasnodar)Ph.D

[email protected]

Page 252: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

252

Karaseva Emma Viktorovna

professor of the Kuban state university (Krasnodar),Ph.D

[email protected]

Kharitonova Iuliia Vadimovna

Graduate student of Tula State

University (TSU) [email protected]

Khudokormov Aleksandr Aleksandrovich

director of “Biotechnology” center of

the Kuban state university (Krasnodar)Ph.D

[email protected]

Page 253: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

253

Kirsanova Alena Andreevna

PhD student, tutor

South Ural State University [email protected]

Klyuchko Nataliya Yurievna

Associate

Kaliningrad State Technical University Ph.D.

[email protected]

Korotkov Pavel Konstantinovich

Candidate of Physico-Mathematical

Sciences, Docent of the Chair of Physics of the North-Caucasus

Institute of Mining and Metallurgy [email protected]

Page 254: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

254

Kostikova Anna Vladomirovna

Engineer,

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Kostishyn Vladimir Grigorievich

Professor, Dr.

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Kozitov Lev Vasilievich

Professor, Dr.

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Page 255: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

255

Kozlov Vladimir Valentinovich

Assistant professor, Dr,

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Kramar Ludmila Yakovlevna

Full professor (D.Sc)

South Ural State University [email protected]

Kudreyko Aleksey Alfredovich

Dr., Senior lecturer, Department of

Physics, Ufa State Petroleum Technological University

Email: [email protected]

Page 256: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

256

Lagov Petr Borisovich

Associated prof. PhD,

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Legotin Sergei Alexandrovich

Seniour lecturer, PhD.

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Lipenkov Vladimir Yakovlevich

Arctic and Antarctic Research

Institute, Saint-Petersburg [email protected]

Page 257: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

257

Litvinenko Vladimir Stefanovich

Rector of National Mineral Resources University (SSMU), Saint-Petersburg

[email protected]

Lobacheva Olga Leonidovna

The national mineral resource

«Mining University» Docent of the general and physical

chemistry department [email protected]

Loginov Sergey Yuryevich

Senior lecturer of the Federal State

Budjet Educational Institution of Higher Professional Education

«Pskov State University» [email protected]

Page 258: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

258

Maklakov Alexander Sergeevich

Postgraduate, Energy South Ural

State University (National Research University),

[email protected]

Marenkin Sergei Fedorovich

Professor, Dr.

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Matkovskaya Mariya Vladimirovna

Graduate

Kaliningrad State Technical University [email protected]

Page 259: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

259

Mezenova Nataliya Yurievna

Student

Kaliningrad State Technical University [email protected]

Mezenova Olga Yakovlevna

Professor

Kaliningrad State Technical University

Doctor of Technical [email protected]

Migranova Roxana Nailevna

PhD student, Department of Physics, Ufa State Petroleum Technological

University Email: [email protected]

Page 260: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

260

Morchenko Alexander Timofeevich

Associate lecturer, Sci. Wissenschaft „Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys

[email protected]

Moskalev Alexey Alexandrovich

Head of the Department of Ecology of

Institute of Natural Sciences of the Federal State Budget Institution of

Higher Professional Education "Syktyvkar State University", Sc.D.,

professor, [email protected],

Mukhametova Lily Rafaelevna

5th-year student, Kazan State Power

Engineering University [email protected]

Page 261: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

261

Mukovnina Natalia Anatolievna

Associated professor, PhD in

technical sciences Federal state educational institution

of higher vocational education “Samara State Transport University”

[email protected]

Murashov Victor Nikolaevich

Professor, Dr.

Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Murat Sergei Gavrilovich

Deputy Chief of blast furnace OAO

"Tulachermet" [email protected]

Page 262: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

262

Muratova Evgeniya Ivanovna

Head of Post-graduate

and Doctorate Department, Associate Professor,

Chair «Food Technologies», Tambov State Technical University

[email protected]

Nagornova Irina Victorovna

Head of Laboratory for Electron

Microscopy, Moscow State University of Printing

Art Ph.D.

[email protected]

Nenashev Maxim Vladimirovich

Doctor of Technical Sciences, Professor of the Department

"Technology of solid chemical substances"

Samara State Technical University [email protected]

Page 263: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

263

Nikiforova Alina Viktorovna

Student of the 5th course IVMIT of the

Kazan (Volga) Federal University [email protected]

Odorodko Tatyana Nikolaevna

Deputy general director OOO

"NPMP Internet Service" [email protected]

Protopopov Alexander Anatolievich

Head of the Department SLiTKM

Tula State University (TSU), Doctor of Technical Sciences, Associate

Professor [email protected]

Page 264: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

264

Rabinovich Oleg Igorevich

Assistant professor, PhD, Moscow

Institute of Steel and Alloys [email protected]

Radionov Andrey Aleksandrovich

Dean of the Faculty of Energy South

Ural State University (National Research University),

Dr. Sc. (Techn.), Full Professor, [email protected]

Romanova Polina Borisovna

Associated professor, PhD in

technical sciences, Federal state

Educational institution of higher vocational education

“Samara State Transport University”,

[email protected]

Page 265: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

265

Safiullin Damir Harunovich

Deputy General Director for

Corporate Policy of "Generation Company", the deputy of the State

Council of RT

Samkov Andrei Aleksandrovich

researcher of the Kuban state university (Krasnodar) Ph.D

[email protected]

Shanin Vadim Juljevich

Head (Rector) of the affilate REAVIZ in Burgas, Bulgary,

Prof. MD. PhD of Medical sciences. [email protected]

Page 266: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

266

Shubin Nikolai Eugenievich

Doctor of Chemistry, Candidate of

Technical Sciences, Professor, Rector of the North-Caucasus Institute of

Mining and Metallurgy [email protected]

Smolikhina Polina Mikhailovna

Post-graduate student, assistant,

Chair «Food Technologies», Tambov State Technical University

[email protected]

Sozaev Viktor Adygeevich

Doctor of Physico-Mathematical Sciences, Professor, Head of the Chair of Physics of the North-

Caucasus Institute of Mining and Metallurgy

[email protected]

Page 267: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

267

Sutyagin Alexander Nikolaevich

associate professor of Federal State-Financed Educational Institution of High Professional Education “P. A.

Solovyov Rybinsk State Aviation Technical University”, PhD.

[email protected]

Sychev Yuriy Anatolievich

Assistant of “National mineral-raw university “Gorniy”

[email protected]

Taschina Ekaterina Vladimirovna

Graduate

Kaliningrad State Technical University

[email protected]

Page 268: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

268

Tepliakov Valery Borisovich

Associated professor, PhD in

Technical Sciences, the federal state-financed education institution of

higher vocational training “Samara State Transport University”

[email protected]

Timko Ivan Aleksandrovich

Postgraduate "Bryansk State Engineering and Technology

Academy [email protected]

Turin Alexei Nikolaevich

Graduate student of Tula State

University (TSU) [email protected]

Page 269: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

269

Usoltseva Nadezhda Vasilyevna

Professor, Doctor of Chemistry,

Director of Nanomaterials Research Institute,

Vice-rector for International Relations of Ivanovo State University

[email protected]

Ustinov Denis Anatolievich

Associated professor of “National mineral-raw university “Gorniy”

[email protected]

Vasiliev Nikolai Ivanovich

National Mineral Resources

University (SSMU), Saint-Petersburg [email protected]

Page 270: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

270

Volchenko Nikita Nikolaeviv

researcher of the Kuban state university (Krasnodar)Ph.D

[email protected]

Vzduhanko Mihail Mihailovich

Chief Engineer of OAO

"Tulachermet" [email protected]

Yakutkina (Bushueva) Galina Nikolaevna

Assistant Professor,

Department of Physics, Mathematics and Computer Science,

Samara State Academy of Social Sciences and Humanities,

Ph.D. in Mathematics [email protected]

Page 271: Proceedings of International scientific and technical Conference … · 2013-06-03 · 3 Contents Organizing Committee of the Conference 8 Editorial Board of periodical "Proceedings

271

Yantovskii Pavel Rudolfovich

Deputy general director OOO

"NPMP Internet Service" [email protected]

Zubkova Tatiana Aleksandrovna

Post graduate student

Moscow State University of Printing Art

[email protected]